Samyoga - T John College

i

TJGAJ Vol. 11 No.1 JAN - 2016

ii

ISSN 2231 - 3362

Published by T. John Group of Institutions

Advisory Board

Dr. Nilanjana Basu

(Vice Principal, T. John College)

Dr. Bijoy Kumar Mishra (Principal, T. John Institute of Management & Science)

Prof. Gladish George (Principal, T. John College of Nursing)

Debajyoti Mal (Guest Editor, Content Manager, GCSC, Honeywell International (I) Pvt. Ltd.)

Editorial Committee

Dr. AMN Yogi (HoD & Professor-MCA, T. John Institute of

Technology)

Suraiya Banu Shanawaz (Assistant Professor - English, T. John

College)

Bovina Sunath (Assistant Professor – English &

Journalism, T. John College)

Mridula Menon (Assistant Professor - English, T. John

College)

Pavithra R. (Assistant Professor - Psychology, T. John

College)

Patron & Honorary EditorDr. Thomas. P. John

Chairman, T. John Group of Institutions

Chief EditorDr. Shikha Tiwari

(Principal, T. John College)

Executive EditorDr. Panchali Mukherjee

(HoD & Assistant Professor-Department of Languages, T. John College)

AN ACADEMIC JOURNAL

SamyogaSamyoga in Sanskrit means union, an embodiment of the ethos and values that T. John Group of Institutions (TJGI) truly adheres to. This research journal contains articles from varied fields of research interest. Samyoga targets centers of higher education, research, science, technology, policy making and those that house individuals who want to work and make a difference in the field of human welfare. TJGI holds the copyright to all the articles contributed to its publications. In case of reprinted articles, TJGI holds the copyright for the selection, sequence, introduction of material, summaries and other value additions.

iii

Contents

Articles

Research Articles • InfluenceofPrint,VisualandSocialMediainTeachingEnglish

Deepa K. Narayanan & Bovina Sunath 1

• InfluenceofVariousPolymersonFloatingMatrixTabletsofValsartan Dr. Ganesh N.S., Dr. Panner Selvam R. & Nithiya M. Thomas 11

• AStudytoEvaluatetheEffectivenessofStructuredTeaching Programme on Knowledge and Attitude Regarding Junk FoodandTheirHazardsAmongtheP.U.Students Praveen T. P. 26

Research Integrated Learning Based Article A Study of Traditional Sri Lankan Batik Design

and Application on Waistcoats for Men Hemalatha I. Doddamani & Kasun Seneviratne 41

Research Articles• Work-LifeBalance:AGoodOrganizationalPractice

Lalitha P. 56

• TamilNaduTourismMarketingfromtheYear2011-2015: A Service Marketing Perspective K.P. Yuvraj & Jasty P. Joy 65

• MichaelAdditionofChalconeswithEthylacetoacetate UsingGrindingMethod D. Visagaperumal 77

• ThePoliticsofGenderandSocialConstraint: DecodingtheChallengestoGenderEquality Shilpa S. P. Singh 84

• ThePersonalityTypesoftheEmployeesinGovernmentandPrivateSectors:AStudytoKnowthePersonalityTypesoftheEmployeesinGovernment and Private Sectors and the Reason for Choosing the Government or Private Sectors Respectively Pavithra R. 94

iv

• TheInterlockModelforSustainableEconomicDevelopment – the Learning from Kerala and Gujarat Development Stories Gopan G. S. 126

• OpportunitiesandChallengesforEntrepreneurshipfor MakeinIndia:Textiles'andGarments'Industry Hemalatha I. Doddamani 138

• DevelopmentandValidationofRP-HPLCMethodforthe Determination of Terbinafine Hydrochloride in aTabletDosageForm P. Ramya & D. Visagaperumal 149

• DevelopmentandValidationofRP-HPLCMethodfor the Determination of Amlodipine and Indapamide inaTabletDosageForm P. Shulamite Vatsalya & D. Visagaperumal 158

• EmergingTrendinTechnicalTextile-Applicationof OpticalFiberFabricinPresentFashionTrend Tejashvi V. & Hemalatha I. Doddamani 168

• DigitalIndia–AUniqueIdentity Jayaprabha M. & Felcy Judith 173

• Anti-SnakeVenomStudyonRootandRhizomeof Corallocarpusepigaeus[Rattle.ex.willd,]cl. C. Nisha Shri & J. Balaji 178

Review Articles• NaturalIndicators

Kinara Maheshwari 184

• Cyclooxygenase3Inhibition:AProbableMechanism of Acetaminophen in Human- A Review Iswar Hazarika & Dr. Panner Selvam 205

v

FOREwORD

In today’s fast paced competitive world wherein every sector is focussing on research and development, the education sector cannot be lagging behind.Across the globe the hallmark of any reputed institute is the body of research work being generated by its academia.

Aneedis felt forconstantresearch invarious fieldsso theorganizationsareincreasingly providing the much required support and impetus to their employees to take the plunge related to research.

The vision and mission of T. John Group of Institutions have always been aligned with the global views and trends related to academics, research and development. Samyoga, the annual journal published by our group of institutions is in accordance with this aim. It has been our constant endeavour to provide a platform to the researchers and the academicians to share their knowledge through their works with the readers. I appreciate the efforts put in by the editorial team of Samyoga in bringing out this issue. The team has focussed in bringing on board multi-disciplinary papers.I congratulate the contributors of this issue for successfully contributing the fruits of their research for the purpose of knowledge sharing.

I hope the journal attains the pinnacle of success with every passing year.

Dr. Thomas. P. John (Chairman, T. John Group of Institutions)

Honorary Editor

vii

EDITORIAL PREFACE

It gives me immense pleasure to welcome all of you to the eleventh edition of Samyoga, an academic journal of the T. John Group of Institutions for both the learned and also the enthusiastic learners. A decade old tradition of bringing out excellentacademicresearchpapersfromvariousdisciplinesbyboththesubjectexpertsandthebuddingresearchenthusiasts.Thisjournalasitsnamesuggestsis an embodiment of the ethos and values that T. John Group of Institutions upholds and promotes in its members and stakeholders.

With the assistance of an efficient editorial committee which has over the years helped bring out successful editions of the journal has this year also succeeded in harnessing potential research papers and compile them into the form of a journal. It was a well-planned effort by the committee and the result has been an outstanding research journal.

AspecialthankstoourHonourableEditor,ChairmanDr.ThomasP.John,whohas been the guiding light and pillar of support in the publication of this journal year after year and for encouraging the team to come out with fruitful editions of it. A much deserved appreciation to the editorial team who have meticulously pored over each research paper and helped compile the eleventh edition of Samyoga this year.

I convey my heartfelt appreciation to the contributors who have contributed to the various fields of research through their papers. This journal will perform as a knowledge sharing forum for all the research enthusiasts all over the country and I hope it will kindle in the readers an interest to take forward the tradition of innovation over set norms across various disciplines.

Dr. Shikha Tiwari

(Principal, T. John College)Chief Editor

ix

EDITORIALThe 11th edition of Samyoga keeping in linewith its tradition showcases avaried range of articles by various researchers. The journal presents a diverse collection of research articles, an article based on research integrated learning, researcharticlespresentedinthenationalconference‘IRISVE-15’organisedbytheDepartmentofFashionandApparelDesign,T.JohnCollegeandreviewarticlesexclusivelyfromT.JohnCollegeofPharmacy.

The journal presents a collection of 18 research papers and review paperswhich are from diverse fields such as Pedagogy, Pharmacology,NutritionandDietaryHabits,FashionandApparelDesign,OrganizationalBehaviour,TourismandMarketing,GenderStudies,Psychology,EconomicsrelatedGrowth,EntrepreneurshipinTextilesandGarmentIndustry,TechnicalTextiles,DigitalIndiaandNaturalIndicators.Afineexampleof‘ResearchIntegratedLearning’whichis a concept popularised among the academia in T. John Group of Institutions through sessions conducted by Centre for Teaching and Learning can be seen inaresearchpaperbasedonFashionandApparelDesign.

The 18 research papers not only provide insights into various fields byforegrounding the valuable research findings of talented researchers but also provide a review of the research that is currently being undertaken in Pharmacy/Pharmacology thereby rendering the research findings in a simplistic way.

The journal is not only a knowledge sharing platform but also efficaciously serves the purpose of boosting the spirit of research in its readers by kindling the thirst of knowledge in them. We hope that the readers will read the articles in this journal with great enthusiasm and will be enlightened by the scope of these studies. We anticipate valuable feedback from our readers regarding all the papers that are published in this journal.

Dr. Panchali Mukherjee Executive Editor

1

INFLUENCE OF PRINT, VISUAL AND SOCIAL MEDIA IN TEACHING ENGLISHDeepa K. Narayanan1 & Bovina Sunath2

AbstractThe paper aims to analyze the effect of media, especially print and social media, in teaching of English. With the advent of computers there is more weightage given to the American English. Any spelling is being accepted. The importance is just being given to the stylish way the language is spoken and grammar and syntax are put on the back burner. Convenience of auto spell check has affected the ability of the new generation to learn the correct spelling. The auto-editing mode has led today’s youngsters to become totally dependent on it. The magazines and newspapers seem to be the only sections of media which still use the ‘Queen’s Language’. There is a strong urge among the present generation to imitate the “cool” VJs of the television. The arrival of social media like Facebook and Whatsapp has resulted in the overuse of short forms. But knowing these abbreviations seems to be the need of the hour and people who cannot master the art seem to be totally out of place. It is exactly here that the English teachers can step in and help strike a balance between the younger generation and the older generation who are totally out of sync with the same.

Keywords: PrintMedia,VisualMedia,SocialMedia,Queen’sEnglish,AmericanEnglish,AustralianEnglish,CanadianEnglish,CaribbeanEnglishandIndianEnglish.

1. Lecturer,DepartmentofEnglish,AmritaSchoolofEngineering,Bangalore

2. AssistantProfessor,DepartmentofLanguages,T.JohnCollege,Bangalore

2

Introduction:

English as an International Language:

Englishisthegloballinguafrancaanditistheofficiallanguageof60countries.ItisthemainlanguageofmanycountriesliketheUnitedStates,UnitedKingdom,Australia,Ireland,NewZealandandmanyCaribbeannations.ManycountrieslearnEnglishasasecondlanguageaswell.EvenourcountryIndiahasacceptedEnglishasoneoftheofficiallanguages.Itistheofficiallanguageofmanyworldorganizations.

AsweallknowEnglishhasgonethroughalotoftransformationstoacquireitscurrentformandstructure.InfactlikeanyotherlanguageEnglishisstillintheprocess of transformation and development. The language has always pushed its boundaries to accept new words in order to enrich its vocabulary. The language has various variations like the American English, African English, AustralianEnglish,IndianEnglishandtheBritishEnglish.IfonehadtofocusontheperfectformofEnglish itwouldbea taskwhichwouldbealmost impossible.But itgoeswithoutsayingthatlearningEnglishistheneedofthehour.Justlearningor knowing the language is not enough. Mastery of the language is what is required in these days. We saw in the recent blockbuster English Vinglish how a homemaker suffers and is being made fun of because of the simple reason that shecannotconverseinEnglish.Thisisthestateofmanynon-nativespeakersofthe language. But the world seems to be moving forward with people who know thelanguageandthisisexactlywhythereisamadrushtolearnthelanguage.

AsmentionedattheoutsetofthispaperEnglishisstillinthestagesofexpansion.Ithasbeengenerous inacceptingwords frommany languages.TheEnglishlanguage has borrowed or has been given and has created words for more than 2000years.ThetypicalIndianwordssuchas‘Guru’,‘Mantra’and‘Karma’arenowapartofEnglishandarebeingusedbypeopleallovertheworld.

Englishjustlikethepostcolonialliteraturehasalloweditselftobefragmented.Theresultofthisfragmentationisevidentintheoffshootofthegenre“EnglishforSpecificPurposes”(ESP).AlotofresearchisbeingcarriedoutinthisfieldthatEnglishhasbeendividedintolegal,business,medicalandtechnicalEnglish.NotonlyEnglishteachersbutalsoeventhosewhoteachothersubjectshaveto be competent in the language because this would enable them to teach the students the nuances of the trade. An engineering faculty member should have some knowledge of technical communication, a professor of law should at leastknowthebasicsoflegalEnglishandamanagementfacultyshouldbeina position to impart the basic lessons of business communication. This calls for

3

continuous professional development in the field of academics because as they say if teachers don’t update themselves they would soon be outdated.

TheverypresenceofanEnglishdepartmentinEngineering,ManagementandLaw colleges asserts the fact that it is impossible for a professional to survive in theindustrywithoutgainingmasteryoverthelanguage.Onemightwonderifthiswas the case some three decades back thanks to the IT sector and the business market of the whole world coming under the same umbrella. There is a constant need for an IT or a management professional to communicate with clients and customers across the globe. As we all would agree we live in a virtual world where the software developer would be seated in a cubicle in India, the manager intheUnitedStatesandtheclientinAustralia.Communicationwouldhappenoverthephone,viaemailorthroughchatwindows.SotheEnglishshouldnotbe Australian, Indian or American. This is why the demand of learning neutral Englishisverystrongthesedays.

Thispaperaimstoanalyzetheinfluencethatprint,socialandvisualmediahashadinthedevelopmentandtheteachingofEnglish.Weliveinanerawhensomany words creep into the language on a daily basis. The words and slangs that are to be used and those that are not to be used is purely subjective. This lack of uniformity has posed a lot of challenges to the users of the language. The print, visual and the social media play a vital role in the evolution of the language. Gone are the days when we had to wait for the newsreader of the All IndiaRadioorthenewspaperboyforthelatestnews.Everythingthathappensaround the globe gets updated in the social media and the visual media within seconds and there is no uniform code or protocol that has to be followed in terms of language used. This actually has given the young generation of today the liberty to use the language, spelling and grammar the way they want to. AmericanEnglishespeciallyhasbecomewidelyacceptedasitsoundsverystylishand ‘cool’. The American accent has also been blindly imitated. The popularity of theHollywoodmovieshaspavedwayforthesame.AmericanEnglishhasalwayschosentheeasierpathwhenitcomestospellingsandgrammar.Forinstancenowhere in America a child specialist’s board would say “Paediatrician”, it would be “Pediatrician”. The question arises if we should still stick to the old spelling or choose to spell in an easier way. But if we decide on the latter, who would control the uniformity of the spellings? Wouldn’t we end up using different spellings and wouldn’t each word have multiple spellings? Wouldn’t that put us in a spot where noneofuswouldknowthecorrectspellingofaparticularword.Thisisexactlywhatishappeningtothevocabulary,grammarandsyntaxofEnglishthesedays.“How is you?” has become very popular among youngsters these days. It might irritateaGrammarNazitothecore.Thereareyoungsterswhowouldfind“Howare you?” totally outdated. Isn’t this trend resulting in a destructive deconstruction

4

of the language where anything and everything is considered correct? The paper furtheranalyzestheeffectofprint,visualandsocialmediaintheshapingandteachingofEnglishlanguage.

Influence of Print Media in Teaching English:

Thegrammarbooksanddictionariesof the16th century have played a very importantroleinshapingoftheEnglishlanguage.Printingpressmadecopiesof books available to the layman and thus books which were accessible only to the clergy and the higher classes became available to all. The print media reflectsthecultureofaparticularplaceaswell.Eachnewspaperandmagazinehas its own style and way of writing, so the language used is also a reflection of theorganization’sculture.“Themediareflectallaspectsofthehumanconditionand makes available to the public many varieties of language already well known elsewhere such as those associated with religion, politics, science, literature and the more topic-directed aspects of conversation (e.g. discussion, interview, debate, argument, letter)”. In other words, newspapers adapt their language to thekindoftopicstheydealwith.Thus,thescientificmagazineslikeThe National Geographic use a scientific language. But the newspapers do not only tailor their language to the topics but also to the readership they want to attract. Therefore, tabloids like The Sun are written in a simple language with large catchy headlines and many coloured pictures. The Sun is supposed to be read by working class people and Tory supporters whereas more serious papers like The Guardian and The Timesareexpectedtobereadbyleft-wing,middle-classLaboursupporters(Englishlangaugelearningforum.blogspot.in).

In a recent survey held among the faculty members of Amrita School of Engineering, Bangalore, all the participants said that the printmedia hasinfluencedtheirlearningofthelanguagewherein60%ofthestudentsconfessedthat they don’t read newspapers. The statistics makes it evident that the present generation does not read newspapers like the older generation. Reading is no moreafavoritehobbyoftheGenY.Gonearethedayswhenstudentswouldgetlost reading Wuthering Heights or soar in the world of imagination with Keats. Videogamesandplaystationshavefoundplaceinthehandsoflittlekidswhilekids born a decade ago would have enjoyed Alice in Wonderland or works of RoaldDahl.ThisisexactlyoneofthechallengesEnglishteachersface,thatis,to put books and sensible written material back into the hands of the students. It hastobeagreedwithoutdebate“Readingmakethafullman”.Queen’sEnglishnowadaysis tobeseenonly inthenewspapers,afewmagazinesandintheworks of certain authors. This is said keeping in mind the fact that not all the newspapersarecarriersofunpollutedEnglish.

5

Jonathan Douglas in his article “The importance of instilling a need to read” saysthatreadingforpleasureattheageof15isastrongfactorindeterminingfuture social mobility. Indeed, it has been revealed as the most important indicator of the future success of the child”. Douglas quotes the finding of a research carriedoutbythe‘OrganisationforEconomicCo-operationandDevelopment’on education and reading. Teachers, especially language teachers have a great responsibility in instilling the interest for reading. This could be a very tough task as students have a wide variety of activities to choose from. The teachers should be able to make the students understand the nuances and beauty hidden in printed materials, the joy of revealing mysteries along with the author. Reading abookandwatchingamoviemadeoutofitgivestotallydifferentexperience.Writingaletteristotallydifferentfromwritinganemail.Ouryoungergenerationmust not deny themselves the pleasures of reading. We are not trying to overlook the digital literature. The core literary skills it imparts cannot be ignored. But the question is will it convey the same benefits that a book would.

Today’s generation just doesn’t know enough on what is happening around. Theygathernewsfromthesocialmediamostofthetimes.SomeFacebookstatusmay say, “Train derails near Hosur”. There are so many who just read it and not bother to find more about the incident. This is just equivalent to reading the newspaper’s headline and leave it at that. The curiosity a newspaper heading generates pushes the reader to read the full story. A face book status often fails todoitandthereader’slackoftimeandinterestcoupledwithlazinesstoprobemoreleaveshimdeprivedofsomanydetails.Notmanyareinapositiontotalkatlengthoranalyzeevenanissueofgreatconcern.Thisisadangeroustendency as we are raising a generation which would not be socially or politically sensitized.Theeditorialcolumnofnewspapersisactuallyaspace,whichcomesup with a totally different perspective to many issues. The social media gives everyone space for himself that often one fails to look at the perspective of others in the rush to voice his/her opinion.

Wehaveumpteennumbersofbookswhichhavebeautifullyexploredvarioushuman relations and emotions. Language teachers often turn out to be confidants of students as students relate to the teachers in terms of these emotions. A language teacher can talk about love, hatred, parental relations and sibling rivalrywhileteachingthetextsprescribed.Theteacherhasultimatepowertomouldtheyoungminds.Theteachershouldbeabletousevarioustextsfordiscussion, urge the young minds to read and contemplate so that they get to see layers of meaning in various things around them. The teachers should be in a position to talk to the students about the joy of reading a hand written letter years after it has been written. The long lost art of writing letters, reading books and beginning the day with a newspaper should be definitely revived.

6

Visual Media:

Visualpronouncedas/vizhooel/ means relating to seeing or sight. The various types of visual media include digital and printed images, photography, graphic design, fashion, videos, architectural structures, fine arts, animation, typography, signs, advertising, posters, charts, billboards, television, cinema, computer, as well as gestures, body language and other forms of non-verbal communication.

As the old adage goes, ‘A picture speaks louder than a thousand words’. Similarly teachersofEnglishshouldresorttovisualmediaandusevisualaidstoteachthevarioussubjectsinEnglish.OneshouldrememberthattodaymostofthelearnersaswellasspeakersofEnglisharethosewhosemothertongueisnotEnglish.Asstatedinthebeginningofthispaper,eachonecomeswithhis/herwayofspeakingEnglish.AtypicalclassroominIndiawillhavestudentsfromdifferentregionswhospeakEnglishintheirownregionalstyleaswellasstudentshailing from different types of schools and family background. There is always a quintessential group of students with Brit or American accent who will be from someinternationalschools,anothersetofstudentsfromregionalEnglishmediumschoolswhoseEnglishwillhaveheavymothertongueinfluenceorMTI.Thenthere are those students who refuse to open their mouths and keep to themselves astheylackconfidenceabouttheirEnglishlanguageskillsandalsobecausetheyareawedbythosewhospeakfluentEnglish.Inadvertently,thesestudentswould be from vernacular medium or Government run schools. And then you haveagroupofstudentswhospeakfluentEnglishwithaveryneutralaccentwhowillcompriseabigchunkintheclass.UndersuchcircumstancesthejobofateacherteachinganysubjectinEnglishistougherespeciallyconsideringthefactthat the teacher too can belong to any of these categories. In such a scenario, it becomes imperative on the part of the educators and the educational institutions toemphasizeontheneedtousevisualmediainteachingEnglisheffectively.

Visualaidshelpinmakingcommunicationinformativeandpersuasive.Ithelpsthe receiving audience (read students) understand the topic better, use of visual aids ranging from hand outs to power point presentations can offset the minor glitchesEnglishteachersfacewhenteachingstudentswhomostlyhailfromnon-Englishspeakingbackground.Anyteacherwouldfeelincompletewithoutusinga chalkboard or a whiteboard, which is till date a very effective basic visual aid that comes handy where technology fails.

During a presentation on any topic, passing out handouts can complement the teaching process especially if it is for a prolonged period ranging from one hour and above. The only drawback is the temptation of the audience to read the matter printedonthehandoutratherthanlisteningtothepresentation.Useofvisual

7

media like diagrams, graphs, and pictures make learning subjects like Physics, Chemistry and Biology easier. Most of the terminologies used in science have root wordsbelongingtoGreek,Latin,Frenchandotherclassicallanguages.SimilarlyFashionDesigningstudentsuselinesandsketchestounderstandtheirsubjectbetter and so does a student pursuing a course in the field of Computer Science.

A power point presentation is a very popular visual medium that can enhance ‘EnglishLanguageTeaching’.ItisanidealtoolthatcanbeusedbyallEnglishteachers when teaching the subject as the students can see the relevant information being taught by the teacher in the class converted into visual forms like charts, graphs, pictures and videos. We should keep in mind that there are manystudentswhocanretainwhatisbeingtaughtonlyiftheycanvisualizethemattereithertheteachershouldtaketimeoutofher/hisscheduletoexplainthechapter in a story telling way or s/he will have to use visual aids to help such students. Joel Jacob Samuel, a student of T. John College pursuing his degree inthecombinationcourseofEnglish,JournalismandPsychologystates,‘IfinditdifficulttorememberwhatisbeingtaughtinOptionalEnglishnomatterhowmanytimestheteacherhasexplained.ButsubjectslikeJournalismwherealotof presentations are used is easier to recollect.’

UsingofvideoclipsasvisualaidsinteachingEnglishtoocanbeveryeffective.But the relevant clips have to be selected carefully and should be interspersed in between teaching sessions. Speaking to a cross section of language teachers we realized thatmanyhave still notwarmedup to theuseof technology inteachinghardcoreliterarysubjects.Ontheothersideofthepage,therearethose teaching in Management courses and Soft Skills trainers who use power pointpresentationstothemaximum.Whiletechnologycanneversubstitutethecharm of animated classroom teaching, nevertheless it has to be incorporated inabalancedway.Dr.PanchaliMukherjee,HOD,DepartmentofLanguages,T. John College, Bangalore, vouches for showing movies adapted from literary textstostudentsofEnglishasshefeelsithelpsthestudentstoabsorbthenuancesof the lesson better and faster.

Cinema being an audio-visual medium it can be a very powerful learning tool. Everymajorworkinliteraturehasbeenadaptedintomoviesinvariouslanguages.Thus, Shakespeare’s Othello has been made into a classic Hollywood movie as wellasadaptedintodifferentsettingslike‘Omkara’aBollywoodadaptationofOthello,featuringSaifAliKhanandKareenaKapoorwithAjayDevganplayingthetragichero.WhiletherusticsettingofruralNorthIndiaformeditssetting,intheMalayalam movie KaliyatamstarringSureshGopiwhoplaysOthello’scharacterand Manju Warrier plays Desdemona with a traditional ritual as the main setting for the same adaptation. Thus, the students will be able to relate to the lesson beingtaughtbetterwhenjuxtaposedagainstsettingstheyarefamiliarwith.

8

TheroleofaudioclippingswhileteachingEnglishtoagroupofEngineeringand Management students cannot be overlooked. As already mentioned, today’s virtual jobenvironmentnecessitateseveryprofessionalof theIT,FinanceandManagementsectorstouseneutralEnglishandunderstandvariousvariationsof the language. Though we have students who watch Hollywood movies most of them don’t understand each and every word spoken. Many a time, we tend to takeacloserlookattheexpressionoftheactor,trytocorrelatewhathappenedin the previous scene and thus understand what is shown on the screen. This kind of permutation –combination method will not come to the aid of students in their work place as most of the times they don’t even get to see the person they are listening to. Moreover a wrong interpretation can cost them their job. This is where audio clips can be put to use. Training the students with the help of audio clips,whichwouldexposethemtovariousaccents,isanabsolutenecessityintoday’sscenario.EventheexamssuchasIELTSgivealotofimportancetothecandidate’slisteningskills.Englishmoviesshouldbescreenedintheclassroomatregularintervalsasmoviesareexcellentteachersandtheytalkalotaboutculture and behavioral patterns of a few cross sections of the society as well. Thus, visualmediahastobeusedeffectivelytocomplementEnglishlanguageteaching.

Social Media: Its influence on the Language and the Gen Y:

We live in a virtual world where everything and everybody is just a click away. The role of social media in social networking, business development and maintaining of personal relations can never be demeaned. But the language becomes very polluted because of a lot of abbreviations and slangs. In a survey held among thestudentsofT.JohnCollege,BangaloreandAmritaSchoolofEngineering,Bangalore,95%ofthestudentssaidtheyuseslangsandabbreviationsbecauseitmadethemfeelstylishand“cool”.85%ofthefacultymemberswhoparticipatedinthe same survey said they do not understand most of the slangs and abbreviations and it made them feel outdated. The older generation is completely out of sync withGenYbecauseof theover useof abbreviations and slangswhichareGreek and Latin to them. Most people of the old generation don’t understand “ROFL,TTYL,BOGO”.Thesameisthesituationwithmanywords.Manywordshave lost their original meaning and the new meaning has nothing to do with theonewhichalreadyexisted.Thebestexampleinthiscategorywouldbetheword “screw”. To a person of the old generation, who is very proficient in the language will relate screw to a metal thing which is a type of fastener. But the GenYhasgivenatotallyvulgarmeaningto“Screw”.Onemustunderstandthat this semantic change cannot be taken in a lighter vein. While accepting the fact that semantic changes are inevitable we have to acknowledge that changes happen too abrupt these days and most of them are totally unwanted.

9

Social behavior itself gets disturbed because of the imprudent use of social media.The“like”buttonontheFacebookisclickedevenforastatus,whichsays,“Lost my mother to cardiac arrest”. Most of us don’t know how to put in words inourresponsetoajokeasweareusedtotyping“LOL”.Theiconshavetakenplace of alphabets. The auto correction mode often takes care of the spelling andgrammarthatwedon’tevenrealizewearemakingaspellingorgrammarmistake. Words have lost their depth. Gone are the days when we used the word “awesome”or“fantastic”forthingswhicharerareandexotic.Eventhepictureof a dog and a monkey in face book calls for comments that say awesome and fantastic.English isa language,which isanElDoradoofwords,whichcanexpressthedeepestofhumanemotions.Butthecurrentgenerationhasabusedthelanguagetosuchanextentthatwordshavelosttheirdepth.

Teachers should definitely be in a position to talk to the students on how to behaveonsocialforumslikeFacebookandTwitter.Encouragingthestudentstotry to respond in grammatically correct and full sentences is a must. Though our students know that they cannot use the abbreviations and slangs in official circles, theyfailtouseandpracticegrammaticallycorrectEnglish.Socialmediacouldbeawonderfulplatformtoexpressone’sfeelingsandperspectives.Everybodylovestohavehis/herownspacetovoicehisorherfeelingsandthatisexactlywhat social media provides us. The only criterion here is a good language and good grammar that would fetch us better readership.

Conclusion:

EnglishhastakendeeprootsinIndia.IthasachievedanIndiancharacterandweIndianstoanextenthavebecomemastersofthelanguage.GonearethedayswhenIndianBPOcompaniesfooledcallersfromUKandUSbymakingthembelievethattheyaretalkingtoAmericansorBritishexecutives.Theworldknows about out sourcing today so there is absolutely no need to fake the accent or imitate the native speaker. All we need is a neutral accent, decent grammar and a rich vocabulary. The wise use of the classroom and the print, audio visual andsocialmediacandefinitelyenhancetheteachingandlearningexperience.All said and done, no language can be learnt overnight. It requires a lot of perseverance, hard work and above all tireless practice. “Talk, talk and talk, talk without the fear of going wrong “is the mantra of learning any language. Teachers should be able to boost the confidence of his/her students and help themshedthefearandshameofgoingwrongwhilespeakinginEnglish.Mostof our students go abroad to pursue their Masters and it is our responsibility to make sure that they don’t feel out of place while being there. Table manners and etiquettes, self-grooming, body language also should be included in the

10

curriculum of under graduate students as these are equally important as the language. Anything from a regular brochure to a classic movie could be used as a medium of instruction. What medium is to be chosen – that is completely dependent on the teacher’s discretion. The choice might depend on the kind of students, the environment and applicability to the module taught. At the end of the day along with teaching the language the teacher should be able to mould the students into a confident, free thinking, positive, ‘ready to face the world’s youngsters. Above all the teacher should be able to create the love for language that is being taught. As Horace Mann says, “A teacher who is attempting to teach, without inspiring the pupil with a desire to learn, is hammering on a cold iron."

References:1. Thorpe,Showick. Importance of English language in highereducation.

2. Retrievedfromindiaeducation.review.com

3. Yaqub,Saima.The influence of the media on language. english language learningforum,blogspot.in.March16,2009 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Visual_communication

4. Smith,John."HotLunchOptions."Survey.6June2012.

5. Narayanan,Deepa.“Influenceofprintandsocialmedia”,Survey.13Feb2015.

6. Sunath,Bovina.“RoleofvisualmediainteachingEnglish”.Survey14Feb2015.

11

InfLuEncE of VarIouS PoLYMErS ON FLOATING MATRIx TABLETS OF VALSARTANDr. Ganesh N.S.1, Dr. Panner Selvam R2 & Nithiya M. Thomas3

AbstractThe objective of the present study is to optimize, formulate and evaluate the floating matrix tablets of Valsartan, an antihypertensive drug. It has low oral bioavailability (25%) and half- life of 6hrs, but it has a high absorption in the upper gastrointestinal tract (GIT). Floating Drug Delivery System (FDDS) is a suitable drug delivery system to prolong the retentive time of a dosage form in the stomach thereby improving the oral bioavailability of the drug. FDDS promises to be a potential approach for gastric retention. In this study, the FDDS employed sodium bicarbonate as a gas generating agent, citric acid as an effervescent producing agent and HPMC, HEC and HPC as polymers. Sodium bicarbonate in the acidic environment reacts with the acid and produces carbon dioxide gas. The evolved gas will get entrapped in the matrix leading to floating of the tablet. The combination of HPMC and HEC showed better in vitro drug release.

Keywords:Floatingdrugdeliverysystem,In-vitrobuoyancyValsartan,HPMC,HPC,HEC.

1. Professor,DepartmentofPharmaceutics,T.JohnCollegeofPharmacy.

2. AssociateProfessor,DepartmentofPharmaceutics,T.JohnCollegeofPharmacy.

3. DepartmentofPharmaceutics,T.JohnCollegeofPharmacy.

12

Introduction

The therapeutic effectiveness of a drug depends upon the ability of the dosage form to deliver the medicament to its site of action at a rate and amount sufficient to elicit the desired pharmacological response (Brahmankar). Drugs that are sparingly soluble or insoluble drugs or having low solubility at intestinal pH and having shorter half-lives will not be present in sufficient concentration in plasma to elicit the desired therapeutic effect. Hence bioavailability is reduced. Prolonged gastric retention improves bioavailability reduces drug waste and improves solubility for drugs that are less soluble in a high pH environment. It hasapplicationsalsoforlocaldrugdeliverytothestomachandproximalsmallintestines.

Several approaches are currently used to prolong gastric retention time. These include floating drug delivery systems, swelling systems, expanding systems,highdensitysystemsandotherdelayedgastricemptyingdevices.Floatingdrugdeliverysystem(FDDS)isoneoftheimportantapproachestoachievegastricretention to obtain sufficient drug bioavailability. This have a bulk density less than gastric fluids and so remain buoyant in the stomach without affecting gastric emptying rate for a prolonged period and the drug is released at a desired rate forthesystem(Vishal).

Based on the mechanism of buoyancy there are two distantly different technologies, thatare,non-effervescentandeffervescentsystems,whichhavebeenutilizedinthedevelopmentoffloatingdrugdeliverysystems.NoneffervescentFDDSareusually prepared from gel forming or highly swellable cellulose type hydrocolloids, polysaccharidesormatrix formingpolymers likepolyacrylate,polycarbonate,polystyreneandpolymethacrylate.Thedrugismixedwithpolymerswhichswellson contact with the gastric fluid after oral administration and maintains relative integrity of shape and bulk density of less than unity within and outer gelatinious barrier. The air trapped by the swollen polymer confers buoyancy to these dosage forms.EffervescentFDDSemploymatricesfromswellingpolymerslikeMethocelor chitosan and effervescent components such as sodium bicarbonate and tartaric acid/citric acid or matrices having chambers of liquid components that gasify at body temperature. The matrices are fabricated such that in the stomach, carbon dioxideisliberatedbytheacidityofthegastriccontentsandisentrappedinthegellified hydrocolloid (Roop).

Hypertension is the term used to describe high blood pressure. Persistent hypertension risk factors are stroke, heart attack, heart failure, arterial aneurysm etc.Hypertension iscausedby inabilityof thekidneys toexcrete sodium,an

13

overactive rennin-angiotensin system, an overactive sympathetic nervous system. The management involves proper planning and control of blood pressure levels. Alpha blockers,Calcium channel blockers, Angiotensin- converting enzyme(ACE)inhibitors,BetablockersetceteraareusedforsatisfactorymanagementofHypertension(Willbert).ValsartanisanangiotensinIIreceptorantagonist(morecommonly called an "ARB", or angiotensin receptor blocker) with particularly high affinity for the type I (AT1) angiotensin receptor. By blocking the action of angiotensin,Valsartandilatesbloodvesselsandreducesbloodpressure. The half lifeofthedrugis6hrsandthebioavailabilityis25%(Wikipedia).

Materials and Methods:

Materials

Valsartan (Sandoz Pvt. Ltd.,NaviMumbai),HPMC (LobaChemie Pvt. Ltd.,Mumbai),HPC(HIMediaLaboratoriesPvt.Ltd.,Mumbai),HEC(LobaChemiePvt.Ltd.,Mumbai),Sodiumbicarbonate(KarnatakaFineChem.,Bangalore),Citric acid (Karnataka FineChem., Bangalore),Magnesium stearate (LobaChemiePvt.Ltd.,Mumbai),Talc(NicechemicalsPvt.Ltd.,Kerala),MCC(MerckLtd.,Bangalore),Methanol(NiceChemicalsPvt.Ltd.,Kerala),Hydrochloricacid(FisherScientificLtd.,Mumbai),Potassiumbromide(IRgrade)(S.D.FineChem.Ltd., Mumbai).

Methods (Sonia)

Tabletscontaining40mgValsartanwerepreparedbydirectcompressionwithdifferent proportions of release-retarding polymer (HPMC,HPC andHEC)and a gas-forming agent (sodium bicarbonate). After passing through sieve no. 20 separately, powders weremixed using a pestle andmortar for 10min. microcrystalline cellulose and lubricant were then added to the above mixedpowders,mixingwascontinuedforanother3minutes.Thetabletswerepunched using single punch tablet machine equipped with flat-faced punches. ThecompositionofdifferentformulationsofValsartanfloatingtabletsisshowninTable1.

14

Table 1: Formulation Chart of Different Valsartan Tablets

Ingredients(mg) F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12

Valsartan 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 30 40

HPMC 10 20 30

HPC 10 20 30

HEC 10 20 30

Sodium Bicar-bonate

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Citric Acid 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Magnesium Stearate

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Talc 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

MCC 115 125 135 115 125 135 115 125 135 115 115 115

Total weight 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

Pre-Compression Parameters:

Bulk density:Bulkdensitywasdeterminedbytakingaknownweightofdriedgranules in measuring cylinder. The bulk volume is noted and the bulk density wascalculatedfromthefollowingequation:g

Bulk Density =

Weight of granules

Bulk volumeTapped density:Itistheratioofpowdertothevolumeoccupiedbythesamemass of the powder after a standard tapping a measure i.e. tapped volume

Tapped Density =

Weight of granules

Tapped volume

Hausner’s ratio: Hausner’s ratio is used for the predicting powder flow characteristics

Hausner'sratio=

Tapped Density

Bulk Density

15

Compressibility index:Compressibilityindexofthegranuleswasdeterminedbyusing bulk density and tapped density of granules

Compressibilityindex=Tapped Density — Bulk Density

x100 Tapped Density

Angle of repose:Thepowders-mixwastestedbythefixedfunnelmethod.Theaccuratelyweighedpowdersweretakeninafunnelwithorifice8mmindiameter.The powders were allowed to flow through the funnel orifice freely on a powder paper to form a cone like heap. The diameter (base) and height of the powder cone were measured with the help of a ruler and the angle of repose was calculatedusingthefollowingequation:

θ =tan-1(h/r)

Where θ = angle of repose, h = height of pile, r = radius of the base of the pile.

Post-Compression Parameters:

Hardness: The Monsanto hardness tester was used to determine the tablet hardness.Thetabletwasheldbetweenafixedandmovingjaw.Scalewasadjustedtozero; loadwasgradually increaseduntil the tablet fractured.Thevalueofthe load at that point gives a measure of hardness of the tablet. Hardness was expressedinkg/cm2.

Friability:Pre-weighedtablets(W1)wererotatedat25rpmfor4minutesinthechamber of friability testing apparatus. Then the tablets were de-dusted well withthehelpofablowerandre-weighedthesametablets(W2)todeterminetheirlossinweight.PercentFriability(F%)wasthuscalculatedaccordingtothefollowing formula

%Friability=W1—W2

x100 W1

Weight Variation: Twenty tablets were accurately weighed individually in mil-ligrams (mg) using an analytical balance. Average weight is calculated and comparingtheindividualweightstotheaverage.ThetabletmeetstheUSPtestifnotmorethan2tabletsareoutsidethe%limitsandifnotabletsdifferbymorethan2timesthe%limits.

Thickness: The thickness of the tablets was measured by digital vernier caliper. Itisexpressedinmm.

16

Drug Content: Three tablets from each formulation were weighed individually andpowdered.Thequantityofpowderwasequivalentto40mg.TheequivalentweightValsartanwastransferredinto100mlvolumetricflaskdilutedto100mlwithsufficientamountof0.1NHCl.Thenaliquotofthefiltratewasdilutedsuitablyandanalyzedspectrophotometricallyat250nmagainstblank.

Floating Lag Time:

Thetabletswereplacedina100mlbeakercontaining0.1NHClsolution.Thetime required for the tablet to rise to the surface and float was determined as floating lag time and duration of time for which the tablet constantly remains on the surface of medium was recorded as total floating time.

In-vitro Dissolution Studies:

DissolutionstudieswerecarriedoutemployingUSPdissolutiontype-IIapparatusand900mlofpH1.2buffer(0.1NHCl)asthedissolutionmediumfor12hours.Themediumwasallowedtoequilibratetotemperatureof37°C±0.5°C.Thetablet was placed in the vessel and the vessel was covered. The apparatus was operated for12hrsat100 rpm.Atdefinite time intervals5mlof thealiquotof samplewaswithdrawn and filtered (0.45μm). The volume replacedwithequivalentamountofthefreshdissolutionmedium.Thesampleswereanalyzedspectrophotometrically at 250nm usingUV-spectrophotometer. Results areaverageofthreereplicateexperiments

Drug-Polymer Compatibility

FTIR Spectrophotometer

ThecompatibilityofdrugandpolymerwasanalyzedusingFTIRspectrophotometer.Inthistechnique,1mgofthesampleand100mgofpotassiumbromide(KBr)(1:100 ratio)was finelygroundusingmortarandpestle.Asmallamountofmixturewasplacedfor2minutesunderahydraulicpresscompressedat7Kg/cm2to form a transparent pellet. The pellet was kept in the sample holder and scanned from4000 cm-1 to 400 cm-1 in Shimadzu FT-IR spectrophotometer.Sampleswerepreparedfordrug(Valsartan),polymer(HPMC,HPC,HEC)andaphysicalmixtureofdrugandpolymers.Thespectraobtainedwerecomparedand interpreted for the functional group peaks.

17

Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC)

DSC study has been done to understand crystalline and amorphous behaviour of pure drug and drug in the formulation. The disappearance or shifting of endo- orexothermicpeaksofdrugisindicationofchangeincrystallinestructureofdrug in the formulation (Rajendra Awasthi). In the present study, DSC analyses ofthesampleswerecarriedoutbyusingMettlerToledoDSC822e.Sampleswere heated at a heating rate of 100C/min over the temperature range of30.0-220.00C.

x-ray Diffraction (xRD)

XRDmethodisoneofthemostusefultoolsforqualitativecharacterizationofcrystalline compounds both in the formulation and in the pure form of drug (Kuldeep). XRDpatternswere recorded using Bruker AXSD8Advance. XRDpatternsweretracedforValsartan.

Results and Discussion

Pre-Compression Evaluations

The bulk and tapped density of prepared granules were found to be in the range of0.31-0.33g/cc,0.35-0.38g/ccrespectively.Carr’sIndexandHausner’sRatiowere found tobe in the rangeof10.57-18.42%,1.06-1.22 forallformulations, which indicates that the prepared granules of all formulations have fair to good flow property. The angle of repose of the granules was in the rangeof30.5-33.8ºwhichindicatesthatthegranulesofallformulationsarefreelyflowable(Table2).

Table 2: Pre Compression Parameters

Formulation Bulk Density(g/cc)

Tapped Density (g/cc)

CarrsIndex(%)

Hausner’s Ratio

Angle of Repose

◦F1 0.32±0.042 0.38±0.039 15.78±0.16 1.18±0.13 32.21±0.18

F2 0.33±0.033 0.35±.032 15.02±0.15 1.06±0.14 31.12±0.28

F3 0.31±0.031 0.37±0.028 16.21±0.16 1.19±0.11 32.32±0.31

F4 0.31±0.035 0.38±0.036 18.42±0.17 1.22±0.12 33.14±0.32

F5 0.34±0.032 0.36±0.029 17.45±0.18 1.2±0.15 30.5±0.26

18

F6 0.31±0.034 0.31±0.034 15.78±0.11 1.19±0.13 31.01±0.16

F7 0.32±0.41 0.35±0.024 10.57±0.14 1.09±0.14 30.7±0.28

F8 0.33±0.032 0.35±0.027 18.42±0.18 1.09±0.12 32.21±0.19

F9 0.32±0.045 0.36±0.022 11.11±0.19 1.12±0.18 33.13±0.18

F10 0.31±0.051 0.35±0.033 11.42±0.21 1.12±0.14 33.31±0.14

F11 0.33±0.051 0.38±0.038 13.15±0.15 1.15±0.15 33.8±0.12

F12 0.31±0.061 0.35±0.42 11.24±0.23 1.12±0.19 33.3±0.17

±Standarddeviation(n=3)

Post - Compression Evaluations

Theresultsofthephysicalpropertiesofthetabletsareshowninthetable3.Thehardnessofthetabletswasfoundtobeintherangeof4.13-4.54kg/cm2. The friabilityofallthepreparedtabletswasfoundtobeintherangeof0.1-0.4%.Weightvariationtestresultswerefoundtobewithintheprescribedofficiallimits. The drug content for all the formulations were found to be in the range of 98.24-99.88%(Table3).Thefloatinglagtimeandfloatingtimewasfoundtobe22–33secsand6->12hrs.Theresultsaregiveninthetable4.

Table 3: Post-Compression Parameters

Formulation Hardness (Kg/cm2)

Thickness (mm)

Weight variation (%)

Friability (%)

Drug Content (%)

F1 4.13±0.11 2.73±0.08 198.8±0.8 0.2±0.43 99.08±0.36F2 4.24±0.13 2.67±0.08 199.6±0.9 0.3±0.026 98.97±0.18

F3 4.24±0.05 2.65±0.06 199.3±0.8 0.1±0.34 99.38±0.16F5 4.26±0.1 2.67±0.06 200±1 0.2±0.58 99.18±0.11F6 4.45±0.09 2.75±0.05 199.3±0.8 0.3±0.43 99.51±0.14F7 4.25±0.14 2.61±0.07 199.7±1.1 0.1±0.51 99.54±0.16F8 4.25±0.135 2.61±0.071 199.7±1.1 0.1±0.51 98.78±0.12F9 4.48±0.044 2.62±0.081 200.2±1.1 0.4±0.36 99.25±0.27F10 4.52±0.042 2.71±0.084 199.2±0.9 0.3±0.43 98.20±0.22F11 4.24±0.082 2.72±0.082 200.8±0.44 0.3±0.21 99.88±0.12F12 4.54±0.089 2.64±0.054 199.6±1.14 0.1±0.42 98.24±0.02

±StandardDeviation(n=3)

19

Table 4: In-vitro Buoyancy Time

Formulation Floating lagtime (sec) Floating time (hrs)F1 25 >12F2 25 >12F3 30 >12F4 24 6F5 31 6F6 33 6F7 28 >12F8 30 >12F9 26 >12F10 27 9F11 30 12F12 31 10

In-vitro Release Study In-vitroreleasestudieswerecarriedoutusingUSP-2(paddlemethod)apparatusin0.1NHCl.Theresultsaredepictedinthefigure1.TheformulationsF1-F12show97.14,97.18,98.21,96.52,97.23,98.31,97.57,97.95,98.75,97.94,99.22,97.99%releaserespectivelyoveraperiodof12hrs.TheformulationF11showeddrugrelease99.22%.F4,F5,F6formulationreleaseat6hrs.

figure 1: Dissolution profile of formulation of Valsartan floating matrix tablets

20

Kinetics: Differentmodels likezeroorder, firstorder,Higuchi’sModel,andKorsmeyerPeppa’s Plots were drawn. Analysis of release data according to different kinetic modelsisshowninthetableno5.17.Theregressioncoefficient(R²)valuesforZeroorder,Firstorder,Higuchi’s,Korsmeyer-PeppasPlotsforformulationF1toF12werestudied.Thisconfirmsthatnon-fickianandclassIItransportdiffusionwasthemainmechanism.TheregressioncoefficientvalueofformulationsZeroOrderisthusthedrugreleasefollowsZeroOrderKinetics(Figure2-5).

Figure 2: Data of Release Kinetics (Zero Order)

Figure 3: Data of Release Kinetics (First Order)

21

Figure 4: Data of Kinetic Model (Higuchi)

Figure 5: Data of Kinetic Model (Korsmeyer Peppes Plot)

22

Compatibility Studies

FTIRStudies

ThecharacteristicpeaksofValsartanwereunchangedandprominentlyobservedin IR spectra of formulation suggesting that there was no interaction between drugandexcipients

(Figure6).

Figure6:IRspectraofValsartan+HPMC+HPC+HEC

Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC)

TheDSCthermogramsofpuredrugandformulationarepresentedinFigure7andFigure8.Theendothermicpeakinboththecasesshowsnosignificantchange.

23

Figure 7: DSC Thermogram of Pure Drug

Figure 8: DSC Thermogram of Formulation (F11)

x-ray Diffraction (xRD)

X-raydiffractogramshowedmultiplepeaks forValsartan indicatingcrystallinenatureofdrug.(Figure9)

24

Figure 9: xRD pattern for Pure Drug and Formulation (F11)

Conclusion

The present study reported the development of Valsartan floatingmatrixtabletswithpolymersHPMC,HPCandHEC.Sodiumbicarbonateintheacidicenvironmentreactswiththeacidandproducescarbondioxide.Theevolvedgasgotentrappedinthematrixleadingtofloatingofthetablet.OnthebasisofIRstudy,DSC,XRD,invitroreleasestudiesanditskinetics,F11wasselectedasthe most ideal formulation. Drug release kinetics showed that the formulations exhibiteddiffusioncharacteristicsandhighlycorrelatedwithHiguchisphericalmatrixrelease,followedbyzeroorderkinetics.

References1. BrahmankerD.M.,&SunilB.Jaiswal.Biopharmaceuticalandpharmacokinetics

IIndeditionPg.No-315.http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valsartan.

2. KuldeepPatel,PrinceKumarJain,RavirajBaghel,PreetiTagde,&AjayPatil.Preparation and in vitro evaluation of a microballoon delivery system for Domperidone.DerPharmaciaLettre.2011;3(6):131-141.

3. RejendraAwasthi,&GirirajT.Kulkarni.DevelopmentandcharacterizationofAmoxicillinloadedfloatingmicroballoonsforthetreatmentofHelicobactor pyloriinducedgastriculcer.AsianJournalofPharmaceuticalSciences.2013;8:174-180.

25

4. RoopK.Khar,S.PVyas,FarhanJ.Ahamad,&GauravK.Jain.TheoryandpracticeofindustrialpharmacyfourtheditionPg.No-622.

5. SoniaDhiman,&ThakurGurjeetSingh.DesignandoptimizationoffloatingmatrixtabletsofFamotidinebycentralcompositedesign.AsianJournalofPharmaceuticalandClinicalResearch.Vol.5,suppl.1,2012.

6. VishalBhardwaj.FDDS:AReviewPharmacophore.2013;4(1):26-38.

7. WilbertS.Aronow.Antihypertensiveactionofdietaryflaxseedinhypertensivepatients.Hypertension2014:78(7):1062-1066.

26

a STuDY To EVaLuaTE ThE EffEcTIVEnESS OF STRUCTURED TEACHING PROGRAMME ON KNOwLEDGE AND ATTITUDE REGARDING JUNK FOOD AND THEIR HAZARDS AMONG THE P.U. STUDENTSPraveen T. P.1

AbstractNew research shows that high level phosphate present in junk food accelerates signs of aging and also increases the prevalence and severity of complications such as chronic kidney disease, cardiovascular calcifications, and can also induce severe muscle and skin atrophy. This study was conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of Structured Teaching Programme on knowledge and attitude regarding junk food and its hazards among PU students in Hassan, Karnataka. Pre-test and post-test conducted for both the Experimental Group (N=40) and the Control group (N=30). Structured Teaching Programme in the form of power point presentation done for experimental group. Data collected and analyzed using descriptive and inferential statistics. The result shows that the knowledge score is having association with socio demographic variables like place of residence and accompanying member. There is an association with post test level of attitude with demographic variables like monthly pocket money, type of family and dietary patterns. The study concludes for the future health of children we should improve their knowledge by conducting periodic teaching programme on common junk food and their hazards. This study suggests that a school health nurse should be appointed in all the schools so that they can educate the students properly.

Keywords: JunkFood,StructuredTeachingProgramme,ExperimentalGroup, Control Group.

1. AssistantProfessorinCommunityHealthNursing,T.JohnCollegeofNursing.

27

IntroductionHabits start young and it is up to the environment (home and school primarily) tocultivatehealthyhabitsinchildren,theschoolbeingthenext-best‘homeoflearning and nurturing’. With the rise in the incidence of obesity and overweight amongst youngsters and adults; the dark -side of ‘junk-food’ cannot beoverlooked.ThestatisticsofAmericarecordssixtymilliondeathseveryyeardueto obesity or overweight, which quietly and surely boils down to poor lifestyle and eating habits.1

ThestatisticsofAmericanrecordssixtymilliondeathseveryyearduetoobesityor overweight which quietly and surely boils down to poor lifestyle and eating habits.Indiansnowfindthemselvesamongstthetop10mostfrequentconsumersof fast food across the globe. .2

The proportion of foods that children consumed from restaurants and fast food outletsincreasedbynearly300%between1997and2006.Children’ssoftdrinkconsumption has also increased during those years, and now soft drinks provide softdrinkconsumers188kcal/dbeyondtheenergyintakeofnon-consumers.Furthermore,overweightandobesityinchildhoodmaypredisposepersonstomorbidity in adulthood.3

Sostudentsandotheryouthshouldinformaboutthehealthhazardsofjunkfoodsand assess their knowledge regarding junk foods and make a positive attitude towardsthehazardsofjunkfoods.Byimprovingtheirknowledgewecanbuilda strong, disease free new generation.

Title of the Study

“AStudy toEvaluate theEffectivenessof StructuredTeachingProgrammeonKnowledgeandAttitudeRegardingJunkFoodsandItsHazardsAmongtheP.U.StudentsofSelectedCollegesatRuralandUrbanAreasatHassan,Karnataka.”

Objectives of the Study1. ToassesstheknowledgeofPUstudentsofselectedcollegesatruraland

urbanareasinHassanregardingjunkfoodandtheirhazardsbeforetheadministrationof ‘StructuredTeachingProgramme’both inexperimentalandcontrolgroup.(Rural-controlgroupUrban-experimentalgroup)

28

2. To assess the attitude of PU students of selected colleges at rural andurbanareasinHassanregardingjunkfoodandtheirhazardsbeforetheadministrationofStructuredTeachingProgrammebothintheexperimentaland the control groups.

3. ToassesstheknowledgeofPUstudentsofselectedcollegesattheruralandurbanareasatHassanregardingjunkfoodsanditshazardsaftertheadministration of Structured Teaching Programme.

4. ToassesstheattitudeofPUstudentsofselectedcollegesattheruralandurbanareas inHassan regarding junk foodand their hazardsafter theadministration of Structured Teaching Programme,

5. ToevaluatetheeffectivenessofStructuredTeachingProgrammeregardingjunkfoodandtheirhazardsamongthePUstudentsofselectedcollegesatthe rural and urban areas in Hassan.

6. Toassociatethepost-testknowledgescoreofPUstudentsofselectedcollegesat the rural and urban areas with selected socio – demographic data.

7. Toassociatethe‘PostTestAttitude’scoreofPUstudentsofselectedcollegesat rural and urban areas with selected socio – demographic data.

Research HypothesisH1:Therewillbeasignificantdifferencebetweenpretestandposttestknowledge

scoresofPUstudentsregardingjunkfoodandtheirhazardsbothintheexperimentalandthecontrolgroups.

H2:Therewillbeasignificantdifferencebetweenpre-testandpost-testattitudescoresofPUstudents regarding junk foodand theirhazardsboth inanexperimentalandacontrolgroup.

H3:TherewillbesignificantassociationbetweenselectedsociodemographicvariablesandposttestknowledgescoresofPUstudentsregardingjunkfoodandtheirhazards.

Research Approach

The research approach adopted for this study was an evaluative approach. Evaluativeapproachhelpstoexplaintheeffectofanindependentvariableona dependent variable.

Research DesignTheresearchdesignisaquasi-experimental,non-equivalentcontrolgroupdesignorfourcelleddesignwithoutrandomization.

29

VariablesIndependent Variable

An independent variable is the variable that stands alive and it is not dependent on any other variables.

StructuredTeachingProgramregardingknowledgeofjunkfoodandtheirhazardsis the independent variable in this study.

Dependent Variable

The dependent variable is the variable that the researcher is interested in understanding,explainingorpredicting.

KnowledgeandattitudescoreofPUstudentsonjunkfoodsanditshazardsisthe dependent variable in this study.

Extraneous Variable

Extraneousvariablesarethosevariablesthatarepresentinresearchenvironmentwhich may interfere with the research findings by acting as unwanted independent variables.

In the present study it refers to selected demographic variables such as gender, residence, monthly family income, monthly pocket money, how often you eat junk foods, usually you prefer to have junk foods, Type of family, food habits.

Target Population

Target population is defined as the “entire aggregation of cases that meets a designed set of criteria”. Populations are not restricted to human subjects. The targetpopulation in thepresent study includesall thePUstudentsofall thecolleges at Hassan.

Accessible Population

Accessiblepopulationof thepresentstudyincludesPUstudentsofSujalaPUCollege,HassanandGovt.PUCollege,Shantigrama.

Sample and Sample Size

A sample consists of a sub-set of a population selected to participate in a research study.

30

Thesampleusedforthisstudywas70PUstudentsofselectedPUcollegesattherural and the urban areas at Hassan and those who fulfill the inclusion criteria.

Sampling Technique

Sampling refers to the process of selecting a portion of the population to represent the entire population.

The sampling technique used in this study is non-randomized convenientsampling.

Description of the Tool

The tool developed for the study was a structured knowledge questionnaire to assesstheknowledgeofPUstudentsonjunkfoodsanditshazards.ThemainpurposeofdevelopingthistoolwastoeducatethePUstudentsregardingthehazardsofjunkfood.

The tool consists of a structured questionnaire and STP junk food and their hazards.Ithas4sections.

SectionI:Socio-demographicvariables.

SectionII:Aknowledgequestionnaireonjunkfoodandtheirhazards.

SectionIII:Attitudescale.

SectionIV:StructuredTeachingProgrammeonjunkfoodandtheirhazards.

Data Analysis

TABLE 1: Distribution of the Subjects According to Socio-Demographic Variables

N=70

Demographic Variables

Control Group N=30 Rural

Experimental Group N=40 Urban

Number Percentage Number Percentage

31

Gender Male 10 33.3 16 40Female 20 66.7 24 60

Place of residence

Urban 0 0 10 25Rural 30 100 30 75

Monthly Family Income

Rsupto5000 18 60 4 10

Rs5000-10000 4 13.3 4 10

Rs10000-20000 6 20 30 75

AboveRs20000 2 6.7 2 5

Monthly Pocket Money

belowRs500 26 86.7 10 25

Rs500-1000 2 6.7 28 70

Rs1000-2000 2 6.7 2 5

TABLE 2: Distribution of the Subjects According to Socio- Demographic Variables

N=70


Control Group N=30

Experimental Group N=40

Number Percentage Control Group Percentage

Frequency of Eating Junk Food

Daily 4 13.3 5 12.5

More than two times in a week 6 20 8 20

Weekly twice 2 6.7 4 10

Weekly once 18 60 23 57.5

Accompanying Members for Junk Food

Friends 23 76.7 31 77.5Familymembers 7 23.3 9 22.5

Type of FamilyNuclear 17 56.7 30 75

Joint 13 43.3 10 25

Dietary Pattern Vegetarian 9 30 11 27.5

Mixed 21 70 29 72.5

32

InterpretationTable1and2revealsthesocio-demographicinformationofPUstudentswhoparticipated in the study.

Theresultshowsthat33.33ofstudentsweremalesand66.7%werefemalesinthecontrolgroupand40%ofthestudentsweremalesand60%werefemalesintheexperimentalgroup,75%wereresidingintheruralareaand25%wereresiding in the urban area and all the students of the control group were residing intheruralarea.Inthecontrolgroup86.70%aregettingapocketmoneybelow500,6.7%aregettingapocketmoneybetween500-1000,6.7%withapocketmoneyof1000-2000and in the experimental group25%gettingapocketmoneybelow500,70%withapocketmoneybetween500-1000and5%withapocketmoneyof1000-2000.

Acontrolgroupof13.3%studentseatjunkfooddaily,20%eatjunkfoodmorethantwotimesinaweek,about6.7%eatweeklytwiceand60%eatjunkfoodweeklyonce.Inanexperimentalgroup,12.5%studentseatjunkfooddaily.20%eatsjunkfoodmorethantwotimesinaweek.About10%eatweeklytwiceand57.5%eatjunkfoodweeklyonce.

In thecontrolgroup,76.7%willhave junk foodwith friendsand23.3%willbe having junk foodwith their familymembers. 77.5%will have junk foodwith friendsand22.5%willbehaving junk foodwith familymembers inanexperimentalgroup.

56.7%arelivinginanuclearfamilyand43.3%arelivinginajointfamilyinthecontrolgroup.Intheexperimentalgroup75%arelivinginanuclearfamilyand25%arelivinginajointfamily.Inthecontrolgroup,30%arevegetariansand70%aremixed,inanexperimentalgroup27.5%arevegetariansand72.5%haveamixedtypeofdietarypattern.

TABLE 3: Comparison of Enhancement of Knowledge Scores on Junk Food and their Hazards between the

Experimental and the Control GroupsControl Group vs Experimen-tal Group (Enhancement)

Control Group N=30

Experimental Group N=40 DIFFERENCE t-test for

Independent GroupsMean SD Mean SD Mean SE

Overall 0.3 1.725 12.52 1.921 12.225 0.444 t=27.506

N=70df=68,p=0.05,HS

33

Interpretation Table3reveals thecomparisonofoverallenhancementofknowledgeofPUstudentsbothintheexperimentalandthecontrolgroups.Inthecontrolgroupthemeanenhancementis0.3andthemeanenhancementintheexperimentalgroup is12.52.Themeanenhancement is12.225withastandarderrorof0.444.Thestudent’spairedt-testvalueist=27.506

Hypothesis Testing H1:There will be a significant difference between pre-test and post-test

knowledgescoresofPUstudentsregardingjunkfoodandtheirhazardbothintheexperimentalandthecontrolgroups.

Table 3 reveals the enhancement of knowledge of PU students both in theexperimentalandthecontrolgroup.Inthecontrolgroup,themeanenhancementisonly0.3andthemeanenhancementintheexperimentalgroupis12.52.Themeanenhancement is12.225withastandarderrorof0.444.Thestudent’spairedt-testvalueist=27.506.SoH1isaccepted.

34

TABLE 4: Comparison of Enhancement of Attitude Scores on Junk Food and their Hazards between the Experimental and the Control Group

N=70Control Group vs Experimental Group (Enhance-ment)

Control Group N=30

Experimental Group N=40

DIFFERENCE t-test for In-dependent

GroupsMean SD Mean SD Mean SE

Over all 0.43 4.256 10.7 4.653 10.267 1.084 t=9.471

df=68,p=0.000,HS

Interpretation

Table4revealsthecomparisonofoverallenhancementofattitudescoreofPUstudentsbothintheexperimentalandthecontrolgroup.Inthecontrolgroup,themeanenhancementis0.43andthemeanenhancementintheexperimentalgroupis10.7.Themeandifferenceis10.267withastandarderrorof1.084.Thestudent’spairedt-testvalueist=9.471

35

Hypothesis Testing

H2: There will be a significant difference between pre test and post testattitudescoresofPUstudentsregardingjunkfoodandtheirhazardsbothintheexperimentalandthecontrolgroup.

Table4revealsthecomparisonofoverallenhancementofattitudescoreofPUstudentsbothintheexperimentalandthecontrolgroup.Inthecontrolgroup,themeanenhancement isonly0.43whereas themeanenhancement in theexperimentalgroupis10.7.Themeandifferenceis10.267withastandarderrorof1.084.Thestudent’spairedt-testvalueist=9.471.Sothereisasignificantdifferencebetweenpre-testandpost-testattitudescore.HenceH2isaccepted.

TABLE 5: Association Between Post Test Level of Knowledge and Their Demographic Variables (Experimental Group)

N=40


Level of Knowledge Chi Square Test

AdequateModerately Adequate

Gender Male 9 7 Chi Square Value=0.156

P=0.693NS

56.2% 43.8%Female 15 9

62.5% 37.5%Place of Residence

Urban 2 7 Chi Square Value=5.024

P=0.024S

22.22% 78.78%

Rural 22 9

70.97% 29.03%

Monthly Family Income

Rsupto5000 2 2 Chi Square Value=2.847

P=0.816NS

50.0% 50.0%

Rs5000-10000 1 3

25.0% 75.0%

Rs10000-20000 20 10

66.7% 33.3%

AboveRs20000 1 1

50.0% 50.0%

36


belowRs500 7 3 Chi Square Value=0.595

P=0.743NS

70.0% 30.0%

Rs500-1000 16 12

57.1% 42.9%Rs1000-2000 1 1

50.0% 50.0%

Table 6: Association Between Post Test Level of Knowledge and Their Demographic Variables (Experimental Group) {continue}

N=40


Level of Knowledge Chi Square Test

AdequateModerately Adequate

Frequency of Eating Junk Food

daily 3 2 Chi Square value=3.031

P=0.387

NS

60.0% 40.0%More than two times in a week

4 3

57.1% 42.9%

Weekly twice

4 0

100.0% .0%

Weekly once

13 11

54.2% 45.8%

Accompanying Members for Junk Food

Friends 16 16 Chi Square Value=4.746

P=0.02S

50% 50%

FamilyMembers

8 0

100% 0%

Type of family Nuclear 20 11 Chi Square Value=0.484

P=0.487

NS

64.5% 35.5%

Joint 4 5

44.4% 55.6%

37

Dietary Pattern Vegetarian 6 5 Chi Square Value=0.188

P=0.665NS

54.5% 45.5%

Mixed 18 11

62.1% 37.9%

Table 7: Association between post test Level of Attitude and their Demographic Variables (experimental group)

N=40

Demographic variables

Level of attitude Chi Square Test

AdequateModerately adequate

Gender Male 6 10 Chi Square value=0.304

P=0.581NS

37.5% 62.5%Female 7 17

29.2% 70.8%Place of resi-dence

Urban 3 6 Chi Square Value=0P=1.00

NS

33.3% 66.7%Rural 10 21

32.3% 67.7%Monthly Fam-ily Income

Rs. up to 5000 2 2 Chi Square Value=3.685

P=0.298NS

50.0% 50.0%Rs 5000-10000 0 4

.0% 100.0%Rs. 10000-20000

11 1936.7% 63.3%

Above Rs. 20000

0 2.0% 100.0%


Below Rs. 500 7 3 Chi Square Value=8.938

P=0.011S

70% 30%Rs. 500-1000 6 22

21.42% 78.58%Rs 1000-2000 0 2

0% 100%

38

Table 8: Association Between Post Test Level of Attitude and their Demographic Variables (Experimental Group) {continue}

N=40


Level of attitude Chi Square Test

Adequate Moderately Adequate

Frequency of Eat-ing Junk Food

Daily 1 4 Chi Square Value=0.781

P=0.854NS

20.0% 80.0%More than two times in a week

2 5

28.6% 71.4%

Weekly twice1 3

25.0% 75.0%

Weekly once9 15

37.5% 62.5%Accompanying Members for Junk Food

Friends9 23 Chi Square

Value=1.396

P=0.237

NS

28.1% 71.9%

Familymem-bers

4 4

50.0% 50.0%

Type of FamilyNuclear

7 26 Chi Square Value=8.21

P=0.004

S

21.21% 78.79%

Joint 6 1

85.7% 14.3%

Dietary Pattern Vegetarian

0 9 Chi Square Value=5.405

P=0.02

S

0% 100%

Mixed13 16

44.83% 55.17%

Interpretation

Tables 5 and 6 reveal that there is an association between selected sociodemographic variables and the post test level of knowledge regarding junk food and its hazards.Demographic variables like place of residence (Chi-square =5.024, P= 0.024), and influence of accompanying member (Chi-square =4.74, P= 0.02) are significantly associated with their post test scores.

39

Tables 7 and 8 reveal that there is an association between selected socio-demographic variables and the post-test level of attitude. Demographic variables like monthly pocket money (Chi-square =8.938 P= 0.011), Type of Family(Chi-square =8.21, P= 0.004) and dietary pattern (Chi-square=5.405, P=0.02) are significantly associated with their post-test attitude scores. These types of associations are statistically significant and they were calculated using Pearson Chi Square Test.

Hypothesis Testing H3:Therewillbeasignificantassociationbetweenselectedsocio-demographic

variablesandpost-testknowledgescoresofPUstudentsregardingjunkfoodanditshazards.

Tables5and6revealthatthereisasignificantassociationbetweenthepost-test knowledge score with place of residence and influence of accompanying member.Tables7and8revealtheassociationbetweensocio-demographicvariables and the post-test level of attitude. Post-test attitude score has an association with monthly pocket money, type of family and dietary pattern. This association was calculated by chi square test. Therefore the research hypothesis H3hasbeenaccepted.

Result

The results ofmajor findings indicated that PU students had inadequate knowledgeinvariousaspectsofjunkfoodanditshazardsandlessattituderegardingthehazardsofjunkfood.Thepowerpoint presentation regarding the junkfoodandtheirhazardswere found to be a very effective method of providinginformationregardingthejunkfoodandtheirhazardsandbeabletochange their attitude slightly. The effectiveness of the power point presentation can understandfromtheposttestknowledgeandattitudescoreoftheexperimentaland the control group.

Conclusion and Recommendation

The findings of the study support the need to conduct education regarding the junkfoodandtheirhazardstothestudents.ThisstudyhasprovedthatthePUstudents have remarkable increase in knowledge due to the effectiveness of ‘Structured Teaching Programme’. Thus, for the future health of the children we should improve their knowledge by conducting periodic teaching programmes onthecommonjunkfoodandtheirhazards.

40

Suggestions of the Study Theinvestigatoremphasizesonthefollowingsuggestions:

1. ThefindingsofthepresentstudyindicatethatStructuredTeachingProgrammeis more effective when implemented during training for the students.

2. Communityhealthnursescanconducttheperiodichealtheducationtothestudentsregardingthehazardsofunhealthyeatinghabits.

3. Thisstudyalsosuggeststhataschoolhealthnurseshouldbeappointedinall the schools so that they can educate the students properly.

References1. AnitaGoyal,N.P.Singh,"ConsumerperceptionaboutfastfoodinIndia:

AnExploratoryStudy",BritishFoodJournal,Vol.109Issue:2,2007,page,182–195.

2. Marie-PierreSt-Onge,KathleenL.KellerandStevenB.Heymsfield,Changesinchildhoodfoodconsumptionpatterns:acauseforconcerninlightofincreasingbodyweights,AmericanJournalofClinicalNutrition,Vol.78,No.6,page1068-1073.

3. Punam J R articles various/Junk-Food, 2007,children-and-junk-food.

4. Gary Pearson, “effects of junk food on health” www.articlealley.com/article

5. www.fao.org/docrep,WorldAgriculture:Towards2015/2030.Summaryreport.Rome,FoodandAgricultureOrganizationoftheUnitedNations,2002.

6. Rohini Rangarajan, 27/02/2009.-Child Health, Consumption Patterns, DowntoEarth..

7. GaryRuskinandJulietSchor,August12,2005-“TheNation”.

8. DanielWorkman-,Aug29,2007-“Top10ListOfFrequentFastFoodEatersGlobally”.

9. PunamJR-,Feb2007-Articleon“IsJunkFoodHealthy?”

10. Goodwin,Jenifer.-Week,March29,2010-Real.Business.

11. KimEvans,citizenjournalist,Monday,April12,2010-JunkFoodFoundtoDeteriorate Pleasure Center of Brain.

41

a STuDY of TraDITIonaL SrI Lankan BATIK DESIGN AND APPLICATION ON wAISTCOATS FOR MENHemalatha I. Doddamani1 & Kasun Seneviratne2

AbstractThis article is to introduce the influence of Sri Lankan vector graphics batik on waistcoats for men’s wear to give rebirth to the traditional batik industry by providing a modern look and targeting the young national and international clients who crave for the new look in the traditional wear.

Batik is a cloth that is traditionally made using a manual wax-resist dyeing technique. Batik is a wax resist fiber art. Hot wax is applied to the fabric in a design. The wax serves as a resistant, preventing the dye from reaching the fabric where it was applied. This technique can be applied in layers with different colors.

The Batik effect is unique in that the wax cracks during handling either intentionally or not. In each dye bath, the cracks in the wax allow the dye to reach the fabric creating the unique batik effect. In one form or another, batik has worldwide popularity. Batik or fabrics with the traditional batik patterns are found in (particularly) Indonesia, Malaysia, Japan, China, India, Sri Lanka, Egypt, Nigeria, Senegal, and Singapore. But each country has its own unique motifs, colour combinations and special techniques which make them different from each other.

1. AssistantProfessor,DepartmentofFashionandApparelDesign,T.JohnCollege.

2. Student,DepartmentofFashionandApparelDesign,T.JohnCollege.

42

At present in Sri Lankan the batik industry is effectively carried out in places such as Kandy, Kegalle, Yakkala, Kadawatha, Imbulgoda, Nittambuwa, Beruwala and some places along the Kandy Road while batik is also produced in Hikkaduwa, Kalutara, Beruwala, Ambalangoda on the Galle Road. The growth of tourism industry after the end of the northern and the eastern regions’ war situations in Sri Lanka has provided a boost to the country’s batik industry. It has created a high demand for the batik garments after 2006. The industry was further expanded after the war due to the increased demand for local batiks from foreign buyers, especially from USA, UK, France and Japan. Many villagers started batik workshops in their homes as self-employment ventures. The current statistics reveal that over 200,000 people, especially females are engaged in the batik industry all over the country.

The Sri Lankan batik industry is making a strong comeback and is poised to be a US $ one billion export earning industry in two years. One of the pioneering legends in the industry, Eric Suriyasena, Chairman of Eric Suriyasena Batiks (Pvt.) Ltd said that the main reason for business to rebound is the growth in tourism. “With tourism picking up there is a tendency in sales picking up locally as well,” he added. He said that currently the trade’s earnings are around US $ 300 million and the main sales are overseas.

Keywords:Batik,Art,Culture,Designs,Textiles,Clothing.

Introduction

Thewordbatikisthoughttobederivedfromtheword'ambatik'whichwhentranslatedmeans'aclothwithlittledots'.Thesuffix'tik'meansalittledot,drop,pointortomakedots.BatikmayalsooriginatefromtheJavaneseword'tritik'which describes a resistant process for dying where the patterns are reserved on thetextilesbytyingandsewingareaspriortodying,similartotiedyetechniques.

Batikisawaxresistantfiberart.Hotwaxisappliedtofabricinadesign.Thewaxserves as a resistant preventing the dye from reaching the fabric where it was applied. This technique can be applied in layers with different colors.

The Batik effect is unique in that the wax cracks during handling, eitherintentionallyornot.Ineachdyebath,thecracksinthewaxallowthedyetoreach

43

the fabric creating the unique batik effect. Batik can be done on cottons, silks andothernaturalfabrics."Faux"batikemploysothertypesofresistsparticularlywatersolubleonesthatareeasiertoremovethanwaxbutneverquiteachievethesamebeautifulcrackling.DharmaPorcineMXFiberReactiveDyesarethedyes of choice for batik on cotton because they are used with cold water.

Batikmastersemploytheprocessofrepeatedwaxingandtubdyeingtoachievetheirfinalresult.Thismethodinvolvesanunderstandingofcolormixingandoverdyeing as each layer of dye is applied over the last producing a new color. After many different applications, the background tends towards dark brown, black orgrey.Thewaxedareasremainlighterinshadesproducedbyeachindividualdye application and combinations thereof.

In traditional batik art, they use traditional motives like elephant motif, peacock motif, traditional geometrical motifs. And in the dye bath system the number of colours in batik represents how many times it was immersed in the dye bath and howmanytimeswaxhadtobeappliedandremovedbecauseofthetoughnessof this method the number of colors which we can use for a design is limited and the final colours which we can achieve are very dark leading to a number of cause high wastage of dye and chemicals. A multicolored batik involves a lot more work than a single or two coloured piece. The innumerable processes of dye are usually reflected in the price of the cloth because of the above difficulties and the tradition of different colours and designs the use of which for batik is limited.

The technique I use in this case study “Application of vector graphics on silk batik beach party wear”, is a paint-on method .This method allows for great variations of colours and shades without having to master the complicated blending of successivelayersofcolor.Waxisappliedtooutlinesandotherportionsofthedesign that are to remain white later. Dye is then painted on in many colors toareasinsidethewaxedlines,allowedtosetandthefabricsthenapplythechemicalstofixthecolor.Afteritgetsdriedproperly,fabricwashedanddried.Thewholedesigncanthenbewaxedoverandthebackgroundisdyedeitherby painting or immersing the fabric in a dye solution (the tub dye method). This technique eliminates the innumerable processes of dyeing so that it reduces the wastage of dyes and chemicals. It is a time saving method and it is not affecting the brightness of the colour.

Vectorgraphicsistheuseofgeometricalprimitivessuchaspoints,lines,curvesandshapesorpolygon(s),whichareallbasedonmathematicalexpressionstorepresentimagesincomputergraphics."Vector",inthiscontext,impliesmorethanastraightline.Vectorgraphicsarebasedonvectors(alsocalledpaths,orstrokes)whichleadthroughlocationscalledcontrolpoints.Eachofthesepoints

44

hasadefinitepositiononthexandyaxesoftheworkplan.Eachpointisavariety of database including the location of the point in the work space and thedirectionofthevector(whichiswhatdefinesthedirectionofthetrack).Eachtrack can be assigned a colour, a shape, a thickness and also a fill. This does notaffectthesizeofthefilesinasubstantialwaybecausealltheinformationresides in the structure. It describes how to draw the vector. The tradition and innovationblendtogether,theresultisastoundingandthat'sthecasewithbatiktoo. I tried this by applying vector graphics on silk beach party wear which gives a new modern look to the traditional batik garment. I replaced the traditional Kantians and saris by fashionable silhouettes like halter neck frocks, tube tops, funky elephant pants and bikinis to bring my collection closer to my target customers.Normally, traditional batik designs are bold andbig. The colourcombinations I use play the main role. I use light crispy and trendy colors. My target customers are young national and international clients who crave for new look in the traditional beach party wear.

Sri Lankan Batik

Batik is known as a decorating art of fabric. It is done by pouring liquid wax on fabrics and later proceeds with dipping it in dye but it does notgo through the wax as a result those difficult colourfulmotifs will be leftbehind. The traditional batik artisans of Sri Lanka are inspired by objects like animals, flowers,birdsormysticalsymbols, local tribal (Vedas) lifeandlocalmythological themes are also vastly used in this tremendous art of batik. Sri Lanka is an island of life and colour. The colourfulness of this island is reflected on the art and culture. This vivid and kaleidoscopic art form of Sri Lanka surely beholds the pleasure of wearing for each and every single wearer. Although the place of birth of the art form is Indonesia, the culture and the preferences of this art form have been in practice since decades and now it has become a strongly bound culture of the Sri Lankan soil. The cottage industry of the island depends a lot on Batik art. The craft of batik arts includes that smooth outstanding handwork onclothpaintings,whicharemadeofdyesanddyeopposingwaxmaterials.Thedesigns like craft on Buddha batiks of the island has even hit the retail market of global fashion in a considerable manner.

Theword"Batik"isaJavanesewordwhichmeans“writing/drawingwithwax”.Although origins of this sharp craft have been traced back to India and according totherecordsdatingover2000yearsago,“Batik”cameintoitsownasmorethan just another handicraft only after it was introduced to Indonesia by early traders who travelled between the countries through the sea. China, Myanmar, Japan, Philippines, Sri Lanka, Malaysia and Thailand have also developed

45

major Batik industries with their own ways and techniques, signature colours and designs. In common, Batik is a method of decorating fabric by covering aportionofitwithalayerofwaxandthendyeingthefabric.Thewaxedareaskeeptheiroriginalcolourandwhenthewaxisremovedthecontrastbetweenthe dyed and the un-dyed areas create the breath-taking patterns. The technique ofbatikhasbeenusedforcenturies,evidencestoprovetheearlyexistenceofbatikhasbeendiscoveredinancientEgyptiantombswhichdatebacktothefirstcenturyaswellastotheMiddleEast,India,AsiaatlargeandAfrica.Bythe19thcentury, batik had become a highly developed art form in both the Indonesian islands of Java and Bali. In fact, the word batikisextractedfromtwowordsinJavanese: Amba (to write) and Titik(dot).Eventoday,someofthefinestbatikfabrics are made in Java.

TheDutchcolonizersintroducedBatiktoSriLankaasIndonesiawhichwasalsoanarchipelagoof"Dutchruledislands"atthattimewouldhaveinfluencedtheexistingart-forminSriLankathroughtheDutchcolonizers.ThemethodsandthestyleofBatik-making practiced in Sri Lanka today have remained unchanged throughout the centuries. The key to this art-form has been passed down from generation to generation. The creation of Batik was initially an elitist craft only with noble families of the Kandyan court practicing it as a leisure activity. It gained sufficient popularity to let the artisans take up the craft and soon the regional banners, wall tapestries and even the "somana" dress of the Kandyan nobility was developed usingtheBatikprocess.TheBritishcolonialrulersintroducedEnglish-madecottonand linen to Sri Lanka and sooner the local process of manufacturing fabric from hand-woventextilematerialstoBatikcreationsdeclinedandallofitdisappearedfrom the society’s memory. A small community of people continued to create Batik as a cottage industry and they handed down the process and designs from generation to generation for over a century. Batik and its creation as well as an appreciation of the art came as the spirit of nationalism which swept through the country soon after winning Independence over the British. But statistically it was thetourismgrowthinthelate1960sandtheearly1990swhichgaveamuchneeded boost to help the industry blossom into a highly valued handicraft. Sri Lankan Batik is made using either pure cotton or silk fabric and each step of the process is still done by hand by skilled workers. The designs are traced on to the fabric and afterwards the chroming process begins on the areas of the design which need to retain the colour that is on the fabric. It is perfectly covered in hotwaxwiththehelpofJanting(Waxdrippingpen)andthenthefabricisdyed(it’sathreebathprocess:thefirstisachemicalonetohelpthefabricabsorbthe hues, the second is a sodium chloride bath to ensure the color is still on the body and finally the coloured dye). This process is repeated for each color and usually they start with the lightest color (white) and progress to the darkest (black).

46

Oncetheyarethroughwiththedyeingprocess,thefabricisputinboilingwaterandthewaxiseasilyremovedfromthefabric.Theunique“veins”ofchromesfound in Batik are created when the dye seeps into the fabric during the dyeing process. This can happen naturally or crumpled by hand to allow the veins to become a part of the design.

Figure 1: Figure 2:- Stylized Motif Traditional Sri Lankan Motif

TheuniquenessofBatikasanartformisinthiswax-applicationprocessunlikethe block printing method, hand made batik produces a unique design each time evenifthesamedesignisbeingrepeated.Thewaxisappliedusingdifferenttoolsdependingontheintricacyofthewaxworkrequiredfromthefine-nibcoppertintto a broader nib or small brushes and even a home-made coarse brush of coir ropeforthesectionswhichneedsplattersofwax“spots”,IfyouhavebeentoSouthandEastAsiayoumayalreadybefamiliarwiththisuniquecraftoffabricdying. Sri Lankan Batik wear comes in designs that are unique to the island but nevertheless very colourful and intricate from sarongs to shirts and cushion covers todresses.Inourmethod,adesigndrawnonfabric,paintedwithwax,dippedina boiling pot of dye, with a scale of color in a kaleidoscope brings out ‘Batik’. The innovative motifs are unique with the island’s contemporary art and psychedelic marvels and its close link to nature and to mythology. The natural beauty found on land and in the ocean is a popular design inspiration while scenes of daily lifewhetheritsstiltfishermen,aruralvillagefarmer'ssceneorelephantsbathingin a river are all captured carefully in intricate detail. More traditional designs, fromreligiousceremoniessuchastheannual"EsalaPerahera"inuphill’s(Kandy)or motifs from temples and palaces are also very famous. These designs are captured in everything from wall hangings and banners to cushion covers and

47

bedspreads.UsingtwoorthreecoloursordozensofcolourstheseBatikcreationscontinue to be a popular purchase among locals as well as an increasing number of tourists. The use of Batik in clothing was somewhat restricted until recently to Kandyan style saris for females (usually in a three piece set which was easy to wear) and loose shirts and sarongs for males. These designs are usually in two colors–abrightcolourcombinedwithblack-whicharestylizeddesignsbasedon the flora and the fauna or abstract geometric patterns. Most importantly, the modern day young fashion designers (a younger generation of designers) have been introducing Batik into contemporary clothing, creating a revival in the appreciation of Batik amongst young crowd using contemporary combinations of hues, modern designs and the best in cotton, silk or voile fabric. These designer creations are part of a move by the country’s creative community to reinterpret traditional culture and make it accessible to a more larger and concrete industry.

Process of Batik Painting

Pre-washing your Fabric-Pre–washingofthefabricisdonebytextiledetergentand/oranenzymedetergent.Thisremovesmostoils,sizingandpre-shrinkingthefabricallowingthedyestoadherebetter.Italsogetsoutexcessofdyesbetterand faster. Bleaching is done if it is needed

Stretching the Fabric- This is the easiest on a stretcher wooden frame that will keep thefabricflat,horizontalandsuspended.Usethestainlesssteelpushpinsorsilkthumbtackstostretchthefabric.Youcanalsouseasteelframeforthepurpose.

Melting the Wax-ThepremixedBatikwax,soywaxoryourowncombinationsofbeeswax,stickywaxandparaffinwaxcanbeused.Themoreofparaffinandthemorethewaxwillcrackle.Thebeeswaxandthestickywaxdonotcracklebythemselvesandtheparaffincracklestoomuch.Thewaxmixtureshouldbemeltedinadoubleboiler,electricwaxpotoroldelectricfryingpansetatabout220-240°(CAREFUL!Ifyouheatthewaxover240°,itcangiveofftoxicsmokeorburstintoflames!).Oneshouldworkwiththesekindsofhotwaxesinawell-ventilatedarea(theygiveofftoxicfumes)andneverleavehotwaxunattended.Incaseofemergency,youcandouse the flameswithbakingsodabutNOTwater.Oneshouldneverusepotsdirectlyonthestove!Soywaxiswhatweusewhich can be melted in a double boiler and at a much lower temperature than theotherwaxes.Itisalsowatersolubleandcanbecompletelyremovedwiththe soapy hot water.

Apply the Wax-Usingtoolslikethetainting(alsoknownascanting)tomakeoutlines.Youcanalsouseapaintbrushwithnaturalbristlestoproducepainted

48

strokes, metal cookie cutters to stamp designs or anything else that you can think oftoproduceaninterestingpattern(remember,soywaxiswaterbasedandwillwashoffeasily).Thinlayersofveryhotwaxwilloftenallowsomedyetostainthefabricunderthewaxwhereasathickbuildupwillkeepthewaxoff.Whenapplyingthewaxregulatethetemperaturesothatitpenetratesthefabric,notsocool that it sits on top and not so hot that all of your lines are spread out. The waxshouldhaveaclearappearance,indicatingithaspenetratedtotheotherside.Whendone,checkthebackofthepieceandapplyalittlewaxonthoseareaswhereithasn'tpenetrated.Ifyoudonotensurethatithasgonethroughthe fabric it will bleed when you paint it and you will lose the detail of the design.

Thereare3maintechniquesusedinapplyingthewax;

Tub Dye Technique

Aftertheinitialwaxhasbeenappliedthefabricisreadyforthefirstdyebath.Traditionally dying was done in earthenware tubs. Today most batik factories use large concrete vats. Above the vats are ropes with pulleys that the fabric is draped over after it has been dipped into the dye bath.

Thewaxedfabricisimmersedinthedyebathofthefirstcolour.Theamountoftimeforwhichitisleftinthebathdeterminesthehueofthecolour;darkercolours require longer periods or numerous immersions. The fabric is then put intoacoldwaterbathtohardenthewax.

Whenthedesiredcolourhasbeenachievedandthefabrichasdried,thewaxisreapplied over the areas that the artisan wishes to maintain in the colour of the first dye or another colour at a later stage in the dying process.

Whenanareathathasbeencoveredwithwaxpreviouslyneedstobeexposedsothatitcanbedyed,theappliedwaxisscrapedawaywithasmallknife.Theareaisthenspongedwithhotwaterandresizedwithricestarchbeforeitisre-immersed in the subsequent dye bath.

Ifamarbleeffectisdesiredthewaxisintentionallycrackedbeforebeingplacedinthe dye bath. The dye seeps into the tiny cracks that create the fine lines that are characteristic of batik. Traditionally, cracks were a sign of inferior cloth especially onindigocolorbatik.Onbrownbatik,however,themarbleeffectwasaccepted.

The number of colors in batik represents how many times it was immersed inthedyebathandhowmanytimeswaxhadtobeappliedandremoved.A

49

multicolored batik represents a lot more work than a single or two coloured piece. Innumerable dye processes are usually reflected in the price of the cloth. Nowadays,chemicaldyeshaveprettymuchreplacedtraditionaldyessocoloursare endless and much more liberally used.

"Faux" Batik

A secondmethod is so called "Faux" batik. It employs other types of resistsinsteadofhotwax.Notonlyaretheresistseasyandsafetoworkwithbuttheycan be washed out with plain water because of that they may not be submerged in a dye bath. Instead, dye or thin fabric paints can be applied with brushes or sprayedonetceterafixedaccordingtotheirdirectionsandthewholethingcanbelaterwashedout.Ifpaintsareused,theyaretotallynon-toxic,andthereareno associated chemicals

Paint-on MethodPaint-on method will be used for waistcoats. This method has fewer steps and allows for great variations of color and shade without having to master the complicatedblendingofsuccessivelayersofcolor.Waxisappliedtooutlinesand other portions of the design that are to remain white later. Dye is then paintedoninmanycolorstoareasinsidethewaxedlines,allowedtosetandthefabriciswashedanddried.Thewholedesigncanthenbewaxedoverandthebackground is dyed by either painting or immersing the fabric in a dye solution (the tub dye method).

Thefinalstepis toremoveall thewax,firstbyscrapingandthenbyboiling.Thehydrochloricacidisusedtofixthecolorsandthesunhelpstobrightenthecolours too.

Method, Material & ProductsTools Used in BatikAlthough the art form of batik is very intricate the tools that are used are very simple.

The Canting

The canting is a tool to draw or paint with a malam candle drawing onto the mori. The canting determines the name of batik that will be produced to become

50

thedrawingbatik.Thistoolismadefromthemixtureofcopperandwoodorbamboowhichisflexibleandlight.

Cantingcanbeclassifiedinto:

1) Accordingtothefunction

- Canting Reng-rengan

The canting reng-rengan is used to make batik reng-rengan. Reng-rengan (ngengrengan) is first a drawing according to the pattern before it’s done further. The person who makes batik reng-rengan is called ngengreng. The pattern is the drawing which is used as a model sample. Reng-rengan means framework. Usuallycantingreng-renganisusedespeciallytomakeitspatternframeworkwhile isen or the content of the part in which batik is made uses canting isen according to the content of the part wanted. Batik from the result of taking the sample from the batik pattern framework or together with the content is called Polan. The canting reng-rengan has a singular and middle tip.

- Canting Isen

Canting isen is canting to make the content or to fill polan. The canting isen has either singular or double small tip.

2) Accordingtohowbigisthetipcantingcanbedifferentiatedinto:

- Small canting carat (tip)- Middle canting carat- Big canting carat

3) Accordingtothenumberofcarat(tip)cantingcanbedifferentiatedinto:

- Canting cecekan.

The canting cecekan has one tip, small, and is used to make small dots (Javanese:cecek).Apersonwhomakesthedotsbyusingcantingcecekaniscalled “nyeceki”. Besides to make small dots for the content, canting cecekan is also used to make small lines.

- Canting loron.

Loron derives from the word loro which means two. This canting has double tips, up and down to make double lines.

- Canting telon

51

- Canting prapatanPrapatan is from the word four. So this canting has four tips used for making four dots forming a square as content.

- Canting limanLiman means five. This canting has five tips to make a small rectangle which is made from four lines and one dot in the middle.

-. Canting byok

Canting byok is canting that has seven tips or more used for forming a small circle containingdots; a dot ormore, according to theamounts of the tipsor how small or big the circle is. Canting byok usually has odd tips - Canting renteng or galaran.

Galaran derives from the word galar, a bed made from bamboo which is formed horizontally.Rentengisasetofthingsinlines,thewaytoarrangeitisbypricking.

Cantinggalaranorrentengalwayshaseventips;fourtipsormore:maximallysixtips,arrangedfromthebottomandup.Telonisfromthewordthree.Ithasthree tips with the form of a triangle. If canting telon is used for making batik so it will be seen in a triangle which is formed from three dots as its content.

Frames – These can be bought ormade depending on the size and theadjustability.Itispossibletousestretcherbarsoroldpictureframes;however,softwood is preferred as it enables the fabric to be pinned. To reduce the risk of tears of silks and finer fabrics it is possible to use masking tape to secure the material to the frame.

Wax Pot – This is the most efficient and effective way of heating and melting the wax.Thiscanbeelectric,gasoroil.

Brushes –Thevariedsizesofcheapoilbrushesareadvisedforusewithwax.Stiffbristlesprovebeneficialwhenpushingthewaxintothesurfaceofthematerial.Brushes made from natural or synthetic fibers are also required in the dying process. It is important to remember that after their use these brushes containing waxcannotbereusedforpaintingordyeing.

Tjantings –Traditionalbatiktoolsusedtodrawpreciselinesofwaxontothematerial.Theseareavailableinarangeofsizeswhichallowasmallamountofwaxtoflowfromthereservoir.AnelectricallyheatedTjantingisnowavailablein the form of a modified soldering iron.

52

Other- A selection of soft pencils, masking tape, dress making pins, drawing pins, a large saucepan, metal bucket (large enough for batik to be immersed), plastic buckets, wooden tongs, cleaning solvents, plastic pegs, teaspoons, jam jars, greaseproof paper, tracing paper, tissue, rubber gloves, apron, newspaper etcetera.

A Dye Bath – Any suitable container which will allow the batik to be kept flat whensubmergedcanbeusedforwaxasitisthermostaticallycontrolled.

Dyes

Traditional colors for Central Javanese batik were made from natural ingredients and consisted primarily of beige, blue, brown and black.

The oldest colour that was used in traditional batik making was blue. The colour wasmade from the leaves of the indigo plant. The leavesweremixedwithmolasses of sugar and lime and left to stand overnight. Sometimes sap from the Tinggitreewasaddedtoactasafixingagent.Thelighterbluewasachievedbyleavingtheclothinthedyebathforshortperiodsoftime.Fordarkercolours,the cloth would be left in the dye bath for days and may have been submerged upto8-10timesaday.

In the traditional batik, the second colour applied was a brown colour called soga. The colour could range from a light yellow to a dark brown. The dye came from the bark of the Soga tree. Another colour that was traditionally used was a dark red color called mengkuda. This dye was created from the leaves of the Morinda Citrifolia. The final hue depended on how long the cloth was soaked in the dye bath and how often it was dipped. The skilled artisans can create many variations of these traditional colours. Apart from blue, green would be achieved bymixingblueandyellow,purplewasobtainedbymixingblueandred.Thesogabrowncolourmixedwithindigowouldproduceadarkblue-blackcolour.

Cold Water Dyes – A range of coloured dyes in powder form and an appropriate fixingagentrecommendedbytheproducts’manufacturer.

Frames – These can be bought ormade depending on the size and theadjustability. It is possible to use the stretcher bars or old picture frames, however, softwood is preferred as it enables the fabric to be pinned. To reduce the risk of tears in silks and finer fabrics it is possible to use masking tape to secure the material to the frame.

53

Wax – This is available in a number of forms such as blocks, flakes or grains. Abeginnerisadvisedthatparaffinwaxistheeasiesttouse,however,beeswaxofferslessopportunityforcracking.Aspecialistbatikwaxisamixtureofbothparaffinandbeeswax.

Electric Wax Pot – This is the most efficient and effective way of heating and meltingwaxasitisthermostaticallycontrolled.

Brushes–Thevariedsizesofcheapoilbrushesareadvisedforusewithwax.Stiffbristlesprovebeneficialwhenpushingthewaxintothesurfaceofthematerial.The brushes made from natural or synthetic fibers are also required in the dying process.Itisimportanttorememberthatafterusethebrushescontainingwaxcannot be reused for painting or dyeing.

Tjantings – Traditional batik tools used to draw precise lines of wax onto thematerial. These areavailableinarangeofsizeswhichallowasmallamountofwaxtoflowfrom the reservoir. An electrically heated Tjanting is now available in the form of a modified soldering iron.

(Figure3)

A Dye Bath – Any suitable container which will allow the batik to be kept flat when submerged can be used.

A Selection of Soft Pencils- masking tape, dress making pins, drawing pins, a large saucepan, a metal bucket (large enough for batik to be immersed), plastic buckets, wooden tongs, cleaning solvents, plastic pegs, teaspoons, jam jars, greaseproof paper, tracing paper, tissue, rubber gloves, apron, newspaper etcetera.

54

Figure 4:- Sri Lankan Batik (Traditional motifs) on trendy Designer Men’s waistcoats

• Conclusion:-SriLankanBatikisaveryoldart.Theuseof“Batik”inclothingwas restricted to three piece set saris for females and loose shirts and sarongsforthemales.Thesedesignsarestylizedbasedonthefloraandthe fauna or the abstract geometric patterns. These can be blended to give any clothing national/international acceptance. These traditional motifs in batik could be introducing into contemporary clothing creating a revival in the appreciation of “Batik” amongst the young crowd using contemporary combinations of hues, modern designs and the best in cotton, silk or voile fabric. These designer creations are part of a move by the country’s creative community to reinterpret traditional culture and make it accessible to a more larger and concrete industry.

References

Books

1. Harvard University. (2008). The Gentleman's Magazine and Historical Review. 59 (2).

55

2. Shifrin, Lourie J. (2001). Batik Beauties: 18 Stunning Quilts. Bothell: Martingale and Company.

websites

1. http://handybathikbab.blogspot.in/2013_02_01_archive.html

2. http://www.uniquebatiks.com

3. http://www.batikguild.org.uk

4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Batik_industry_in_Sri_Lanka

5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Waistcoat

6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_suits

7. www.waistcoatsdirect.co.uk/articles/waistcoat-history.asp

8. http://gentlemansgent.blogspot.in/2012/02/waistcoat-part-1.html Written by Daniel Ireson Tuesday,14February2012

9. http://www.mensfashionmagazine.com/fashion-basics-how-to-wear-a-waistcoatbyDanielRidingDecember20,2013

56

wORK LIFE BALANCE: A GOOD ORGANIZATIONAL PRACTICELalitha P.1

Abstract

Work – life balance of employees has become an important subject since the times have changed from women earning the family living in today’s world where both men and women equally share the responsibility of earning for the betterment of their family life. So it is necessary to know how the employees balance the professional and the domestic life. People in India have broken barriers and built bridges in the professional platforms. Work-Life balance focuses on two main aspects of profession called achievement and enjoyment. This means that employees should be able to have job satisfaction (enjoyment) and at the same time be able to grow up in his career (achievement). When an employee is able to achieve and enjoy her professional and personal life it means he/she has a positive work-life balance. The challenges like global competition, personal lives/family values and an aging workforce are playing a vital role in the present work/life balance practices in the present business environment, overcoming these challenges make organizations more competitive and productive.

Keywords: Work Life Conflict, Inter-Role Conflict, Work Life Enrichment,WorkLifeInterface.

1. AssistantProfessor,DepartmentofManagementStudies,T.JohnCollege.

57

IntroductionWork–life balance has come to the forefront of policy making in the developed countries in recent years against an environment of globalization, rapidtechnological change, ageing population and concerns over labour market participation rates in the present scenario It can be defined as ‘the relationship between the institutional and cultural times and spaces of work and non-work in societies where income is predominantly generated and distributed through labour markets’. Work–life balance practices in the workplace are therefore thosethatintentionallyorotherwiseincreasetheflexibilityandautonomyoftheworker in negotiating their attention (time) and presence in the workplace while work–lifebalancepoliciesexistwherethosepracticesareintentionallydesignedand implemented.

Existingliteratureprovidesthework–lifeinterfaceintermsofthreeissues:timemanagement, inter-role conflict (role overload and interference) and care arrangements for dependents. The preferences are shaped not only by individual values and predispositions but also by current reality and objective factors within eachindividual'slife.Thereisusuallycompromisetowardsoptimumfeasibility.

Need of the Hour - wLB: The employment scenario is marked by the quick change, intense pressure, constant declines, changing demographics, increased use of technology and the coexistingvirtualworkplace.Theincreaseinaverageincome,riseinstandardoflivingandorganizationalhumanresourcerequirementshavemadeindividualsdemand for a better work atmosphere.

The demographic changes in the form of an increased number of women in theworkforce,breakageofjointfamilysystemandurbanizationhaveendedupinsistingonbalancedworklifepracticesintheorganizations.

The technological advancement resulted in increased dependence on the use of internet and the telecommunication facilities. As a result, many people at allthelevelsaretakingworkoutsideofficewhichhasminimizedtheboundarybetween work and family. The environmental changes are evidenced in increasing numberoffirmsintheservicessector(NASSCOMNewsline,2008a),whichrequire employees to work longer, frequently interact with customers and work acrossvariedtimezoneswhichdilutestheboundarybetweenworkandfamily.

The organizations not providing real opportunity for employees’ work/lifebalance are opening themselves up to increasing numbers of dissatisfied and

58

unproductiveemployeesandhenceincreasedattritionrates.Further,thereisaneedfortheemployersandtheemployeestofindflexibleandinnovativesolutionsthatmaximizeproductivitywithoutdamagingemployeeswell–being,theirfamilyrelationships and other aspects of life. It is also a challenge to bridge the gap in this area by highlighting the relevance and importance of the work–life balance forleadership,seniormanagement,individualsandorganizations.

Theexistingliteratureprovidesthework–lifeinterfaceintermsofthreeissues:timemanagement;inter-roleconflict(roleoverloadandinterference)andcarearrangements for dependents. The preferences are shaped not only by individual values and predispositions but also by current reality and objective factors within eachindividual'slife.Thereisusuallyacompromisetowardsoptimumfeasibility.

Present Scenario

TheEuropeansurveyssuggest thatamismatchbetween thedesiredand theactualhoursisincreasingwithpossibleadverseconsequencesforemployees'well-beingandperformanceatwork. It iswidelyrecognizedthatevenwherework–lifebalancemeasuresarewidelyavailableinorganizationssuchmeasuresarenotnecessarilyutilized.Thetake-uphasbeenlinkedtothefactorsthatmakeuptheorganizationalwork–lifeculturesuchastheextentofmanagerandco-worker support, the career consequences of taking a work–life balance measure, organizationaltimeexpectationsandgenderedperceptionsofpolicyuse.Thedegreeofuseisalsovariableacrossgroupsofstaffinanorganization.Thesemeasuresareoftentargetedathighlyexpertpeopleinanefforttorecruitandretainkeystaff.However,thosewithexecutiveresponsibilitiescanfinditdifficulttotakeupwork–lifemeasureswhetherbecauseofexplicitexclusionsorbecausein practice they have to do whatever it takes to get the job done. More broadly, changingorganizationalstructures,flexibleworkorganization(leanproductionand supply chain management in manufacturing and retailing and new service requirements in both public and private sector services) and work intensification throw up new challenges to work–life balance in the new economy.

Organizational structures and cultures undermine formal work–life balancepolicies leaving thosewho take themup as undervalued andmarginalized.Gradualmeasuresthatdonottackleorganizationalculturesmayalsoreinforcegender separation in the workplace since the take-up of work–life balance measures is strongly gendered. Women with dependent children are most likely to take up measures such as part-time working and other reduced working-hour arrangementsandschoolterm-timeworking(publicsector)isalmostexclusivelyfemale.Anumberofbarriersappeartolimitmen'stake-upofsuchmeasures:theorganizationoftheplaceofwork,thebusinessenvironmentandthedomestic

59

organizationoflabourinemployees'homes‘OrganizationalCareerCultures’prevent men from overtly choosing a work–life balance over their career. Consequently,menareoftenfoundusinginformalflexibilityortakingadvantageofgender-neutralflexibilitysuchasflexibletimesystemstoimprovetheirwork–lifebalance at the margins.

Organizational cultures thus tend to reinforce the traditional separation ofgenderrolesleadingtoadivisionbetweentheworkingexperiencesofmenandwomen.Suchorganizationalpracticesareestablishedwithinandinfluencedbygenderedsocietalnormsaboutthe‘idealcareer’andcapitalism'snormofthe‘ideal worker’ usually defined in terms of presence and commitment.

It looks through the ways in which both men and women negotiate the relationship between work and home life particularly when they have caring responsibilities athome.Itexplorestherelationshipbetweenformalpoliciesandtheirimpactonmenandwomen'sabilitytoselectachoiceinshapingtheircareersandtheirday-to-daycommitments.Thestructuralconstraintofanorganizationalculturewhich emphasizes employee availability, particularly through geographicalmobility and which is disruptive to family formation as a result forces managers, especiallywomentomakechoicesaboutworkandfamily.Ontheotherhand,they find evidence of women developing strategies that enable them either to conformorbypassorganizationalnorms.

Nospecificwork–lifebalancepoliciesareinevidenceintheorganizationunderstudy although it has attempted to address the gender imbalance at higher levels through targeted recruitment policies. Sometimes policies are inadequate to deal with both the highly formal recruitment and promotion procedures based on educational attainment through competition and the informal processes that favour ‘unencumbered’ workers or those with the kinds of relational resources making it possible for their spouse to follow them. Part-time work is devalued in career terms. Thus, the typical career pattern absolutely assumes that managers aremale.Moreover,organizationalpracticesarebasedonanunderlyingsetof traditional gender values regarding the household division of labour which appears to be unchallenged in human resources practice.

Inseveralcountries,flexibleworkingarrangementsareadvocatedasameansof balancing work and other commitments and thus reducing work–life conflict and work pressure. Based on the survey, there is an impact of three main types offlexibleworkarrangementsonemployees'perceptionofwork–lifestressandtheir ability to carry out their caring responsibilities. Their basic hypothesis is that flexible work arrangements— flexi timeor flexibleworkinghours,part-timework and working from home — will reduce work–life conflict because they

60

giveemployeesgreaterchoice.Itisalsoobservedthatthetake-upofflexibilityis gendered, and that women are considerably more likely than men to work part-timeortoexperienceotherformsofflexibilitythatreducetheirearningsandmenaremorelikelythanwomentoworkfromhome.Theavailabilityofflexitime also depends strongly on the sector with public-sector employees having greateraccessthanotherstoflexibleworkinghours.

In this study, a reduction in working hours appears to lessen work–life conflict for both men and women. Part-time work is also associated with reduced work pressure but it does so significantly only for women. The relationship between flexi time,reducedworkpressureandreducedwork–lifeconflict issignificantonlyinthepublicsectorindicatingthattheeffectivenessofflexibleworkpracticesdependsontheinstitutionalcontext.However,thoseworkingfromhomereportsignificantlyhigherlevelsofwork–lifeconflict.Thereexistsanegativerelationshipbetween working from home and work–home conflict which is partly due to long working hours but also to other factors such as intrusion into family space. Theavailabilityandtake-upofflexibleworkingarrangementshaveimportantconsequences for the division of domestic labour.

Techniques: Ononeside,thecurrentworkscenario,intensepressure,constantdeclinesandchanging demographics have put pressure on the dual earning parents. And on the other side of the coin, we are ourselves responsible for the present scenario.

(1) Personal Values, Beliefs and Life Style for work-Life Enrichment

Urbanization andwesternization have broken joint family system.Moreover,values and beliefs of tolerance, adjustment and respect are lost. In a study, it was found that the working mothers residing with her parents or with her husband’s parents have less stress of work life.

Most of the working couples are not practicing the preaching of our holy books and ‘granths’, for example, towake up early in themorning, take a bath,meditate and start the day rather than attending late night parties and leading amodernizedlifestylethathasmadethisinterfaceintense.

(2) Spirituality and work-life:

Sometimes the projected issues of life and work are because of our attitude towards

61

life and behaviour with others and mismanagement of our time. A large volume of research shows that people who are more religious and spiritual have better mental health and adapt more quickly to health problems compared to those who are less religious and spiritual. These possible benefits to mental health and well-being have physiological consequences that impact physical health, affect the riskofdiseaseandinfluenceresponsetotreatment.HaroldG.Koenig2012and

JamesE.Kennedyetal(2003)confirmedintheirstudythatincreasedspiritualitywas positively associated with increased well-being, increased sense of meaning and purpose in life, and decreased tendency to become angry.

Also, physical and mental wellness is directly proportional to our eating style, lifestyle, habits, attitude and spirituality. To achieve work - life balance, employees should be pro-active and plan his/her professional and personal schedules well in advance so that both are equally balanced and the end result is satisfactory. The bellow figure represents few strategies to strike work-life balance (WLB).

STAY HEALTHY & SELF REWARD

LOVE YOUR LIFE & JOB

WORK LIFE BALANCE

SET GOALS, PLANS, PRIORI-

TIZE. POSITIVE/PRO-ACTIVE / PERSONAL ATTITUDE , VALUES

PROPER TIME MANAGEMENT

Balancing work and life is not only the liability of employees but employers also needtotakeinitiativesintheexistingbusinessenvironment.

(3) working Time Arrangements

Totalworkinghoursandflexibilityandfor thosewithparentingorothercareresponsibilities, parental leave entitlements (maternity, paternity, parental and

62

careers) and childcare (subsidies or direct provision) where these needs are met throughorganizationalwork–lifeprogrammes,employeesare found tohaveincreasedorganizationalcommitmentandjobsatisfaction.Agreatersenseofcontroloverhis/herownworkschedulesleadstoimprovedmentalhealth.Further,work–life programmes that allow employees to have a greater involvement at home appear to be linked to employee well-being for men as well as women. Organizationscanbenefitinanumberofwaysincludingreducedabsenteeismand better integration of women returners after maternity. Work–life balance measures can present opportunities for organizations to learn newways ofworking.

Whereemployees'needsarenotmet,employeesareexpectedtoexperiencework–life stress although it may be that particularly for those without caring responsibilities time stress is partially or wholly offset by other factors such as material rewards or job enjoyment.

ManyMNC’sinIndiaandabroadofferprogramstohelpemployeesmanagepersonal and work commitments as the fast pace of our industry can be demanding. These include caretaker services, backup childcare services and stress-managementresources.Forexample,annualVoWglobalsurveyshowedthatflexibleworkarrangementsareoneofthefeaturesoftheHPworkenvironmentthatemployeesvaluemost.Thesearrangementsincluded:

•Flex time: Workinganormal8-hourworkdaybutadjustingstartandfinishtimes.

•Part time: Working reduced hours on an ongoing or temporary basis about 2%ofemployeesworkparttime.

•Telework: Working full time from home.

•Flexwork: Occasionally working from home but primarily based onHPpremises. Additional programs that help employees improve work-lifebalancevarybycountrywhichincludes:

• Adoptionresourcesandassistance• Dependentcareresources• Educationresources• Familyandmedicalleave• Newparentleave• Vacationandpaidtimeoff

63

(4) Family Friendly Initiatives to Resolve work-life Interfaces

“A family friendly firm is the one that has flexiblework plans and providessuch child care / parental care. This often involves a companywide initiative to improvequalityandproductivity.Family-friendlypoliciescanhelpemployeestobalance the work and family responsibilities, yield benefits for themselves, for theirfamilies,andtheiremployers.Family-friendlypoliciescanbenefitemployersalso can help them in retaining highly skilled employees, who might otherwise leavetheorganization.Itcanalsodecreaseabsenteeism,enhanceproductivity,and can improve employers’ attraction ability.

(5) Formal Organizational Initiatives: To frame formal work-life balance initiatives is the need of the hour for the HR professionals. These socio demographic changes place pressure on firms to be proactive in addressing issues concerned with work-life balance including the provision of family friendly workplace arrangements. The favoured companies are those which have formal friendly initiatives to balance WLB. We can divide theseinitiativesintotwopartsviz.:

a) Work restructuring programs where provisions like reformation of jobs and duties, telecommuting arrangements, part-time and job sharing opportunities andflexibleworkschedulingprogramsareincluded.

b) Employees’ promote policieswhereemployeesaremadetorelaxandarehelped to take care of their dependents while doing their job along with an uninterrupted career.

In many of the developed counties such as facilities like on-site child care and or care for the elderly people, child care / elder care subsidies and /or referral services, paid family and medical leave, release time work to participate in school and community events and limits on business travels are provided.

In India,onlyafewMNCsandprominent ITEScompaniesareprovidingthefacilitiesofflexiblelocation(telecommuting)andtimefacilitiesbutthesefacilitiesare widely used in the developed counties.

(6) Creating Family Friendly Supportive work Culture:

Accordingtosocialexchangetheorybyofferinginformalfamilyfriendlyculturetheorganizationsdemonstratetheireffortsinfavourofthewell-beingoftheiremployees. Informal initiatives are the support given by family members, colleagues and supervisors to decrease the load and or stress of work-life interface and which is not part of written rules and regulations.

64

Conclusion

Thecurrentworkscenariomarkedbythefastpaceofchange,extremepressure,constant declines, changing demographics, increased use of technology has affected the lives of employees. Present workforce consists of many working fathers and mothers whose aim is to find a balance between work and family roleswhichisamatterofhighconcernforthemandtheorganizations.

Work-life balance has implications for employee attitudes, behaviours, well-being aswellasorganizationaleffectiveness.So to frame formalwork-lifebalanceinitiativesforthewellbeingoftheemployeesandorganizationsistheprerequisitefortheorganizationsandHRprofessionals.

References: 1. HumanResource&PersonnelManagement,K.Aswathappa,Fourthedition,

theMcGraw–Hillcompanies.Pg.:620-636.

2. “Strategic Human Resource Management & Development”, Richard Regis, Firstedition,Excelbooks,Pg.:161–216.

3. FangTaiTseng.(2012),‘Win-WinHumanResourceStrategiesforWorking-HoursReduction’,TheIndianJournalofIndustrialRelations,Vol.47,No.3,January2012.

4. DeepakChawala,&NeenaSondhi.(2011),‘AssessingWork-LifeBalanceAmong Indian Women Professionals’, The Indian Journal of Industrial Relations,Vol.47,No.2,October2011.

65

TAMIL NADU TOURISM MARKETING froM ThE YEar of 2011-2015: a SERVICE MARKETING PERSPECTIVEK.P. Yuvaraj1 & Jasty P. Joy2

AbstractTourism today is a great phenomenon involving movement of millions of people all over the world. The marketability of individual destinations and global tourism is vulnerable to sudden changes in the market perceptions. An act of man or nature can transform the reputation, desirability and marketability overnight. The components of tourism, tourism marketing mix, market segmentation and market research are the key factors deciding the success of the destination. In India, Tamil Nadu is one of the important destinations for international and domestic tourists with its unique nature, beauty, rich culture, fairs, festivals and heritage. To make the tourism a great success one has to utilize the marketing technology and strategies to the full extent. This article is an attempt to review the different service marketing approaches adopted by the Tamil Nadu Tourism Department for the development and their impact on the marketing polices.

Keywords: Market Segmentation, Market Research Tourism Marketing Mix.

State of Tourism in Tamil Nadu

ThestateofTamilNaduhasagreatpotentialtobecomeapreferreddestinationworldwide.Withanareaof130,058sq.ft.andapopulationofover55million,

1.AssistantProfessor,DepartmentofHotelManagement,T.JohnCollege.

2. AssistantProfessor,DepartmentofHotelManagement,T.JohnCollege.

66

TamilNaduistheseventhlargestpopulatedandthirdmostindustrializedstateinIndia.Itboastssuccessfullyofatourisminfrastructure,nexttoitswesternborderKarnataka and also enjoys a long unbroken coastline in the Bay of Bengal. Tamil Naduhasitsgloriouscultureandhistory.TamilNaduisoneofthecentresofworldcivilizations.ItisthehomeofDravidianartandculturecharacterizedbyitsdistinctivemusicanddances,itsamazinglydecoratedtempleswiththeirsoaringtowers and its plentiful and colourful festivals.

Tamil literature describes the geography of the regions in the State as Kurinchi, Mullai,Marudham,NeithalandPaalai.TheconfluenceoftheArabianSea,BayofBengalandIndianOceanmerginginthesoutherntipofthestateisavisualtreat at Kanniyakumari. The development of modern port sand business centres has given a fillip to trade and industry in the modern times. The connectivity of the state with the rest of the country and the world through its modern airports androadsmakesTamilNaduanimportantcommercialdestinationtoday.

Tourism Marketing

Tourism marketing being a service product has to adopt the service marketing principles.

DifferencesbetweenTourismMarketingandOtherServices

The marketing of services is dependent much on interdependence of marketing, operations and human resources

Thedifferencesbetweentourismmarketingandotherservicesare:

(1) The principle products provided by recreation/tourism businesses arerecreationalexperiencesandhospitality.

(2) Insteadofmovingtheproducttothecustomer,thecustomermusttraveltothe product (area/community).

(3) Travelisasignificantportionofthetimeandmoneyspentinassociationwiththerecreationalandthetourismexperiences.

(4) It isamajor factor inpeople'sdecisionsonwhetherornot tovisit yourbusiness or community.

67

Characteristics of Service Marketing

AccordingtoLovelock,servicemarketinghasfourcharacteristics.Theyare:(a)Intangibility i.e. cannot be touched or viewed (b) Inseparability of Production and Consumption, (c) Perishability, that is, unused capacity cannot be stored forfutureuseand(d)Heterogeneity(Variability),thatis,serviceswhichinvolvepeople who are all different.

TamilNadu tourismdestinations and their infrastructure haveall the uniquequalities for serving as tourism service products. They have all the characteristics ofservicemarketing.TamilNaduhasanancientcivilization.Itislocatedinthesouthernmostpartofthecountry.Ithasalongcoastlineofmorethan1000kmsabuttingtheBayofBengalandIndianOcean.Thestateisendowedwitha multiplicity of cultures and regional variation in climate and in the flora and the fauna.

It encompasses hills, dales, beaches, backwaters, mangrove forests, dry farm land, rivers, lakes, tanks and an irrigated delta. Its history and ancient culture is revealed in the many monuments dotting the length and breadth of the state with its temples and forts. Wildlife and bird sanctuaries, tribal habitations, hill resort and a wealth of talent among its people in terms of dance, music and the arts is an important feature.

TamilNaduisalsoamodernstatewithinfrastructurefacilitiesfortrade,industry,commerce and highly skilled and educated population. It is the policy of the State Government to promote the state as a tourism destination for the people of the countryandtheworldunderthebranding"EnchantingTamilNadu".

Tourism Market Segmentation

A segment is discrete, identifiable, viable and appropriate. It is distinguished by characteristics of purpose, needs, motivation, benefits and behaviour. The segmentation is usually done on the following basis of one or more of the followingcharacteristics:

Geographic - like region, district, density of population, climate, urban-rural etcetera.

Demographic- likefamilysize,religion,sex,income,occupation,language,education etcetera.

68

Psychographic - like value system, life styles, and personality types.

Buying Behaviour - like volumes, frequency, delivery requirements, and negotiated contracts.

The tourism market may be segmented on the basis of place of origin, tourists, destinations, purpose of tourism like holiday, pilgrimage, sightseeing, shopping etcetera. It may be categorised on the basis of economic status and spending tendencies,demographiccharacteristicslikeage,sexandoccupation.Itmayalsobesegmentedonthebasisofpreferenceforstayinglikecamping,luxuryhotelsetcetera and on the basis of preference for travel through air, sea, road or rail.

Thepolicynote for2012-13 listed "adventure tourism,niche tourism,cruisetourism,eco-tourism,MICEtourism,seatourismasanewsegment.Evenmorerealistic ideas relating to eco- tourism and adventure tourism are taken into consideration.

Tourism Market Research

Tourism market research is the process of systematically gathering, analysing and evaluating data relating to the market. It is constantly carried out by market analysis, customer research, products and price study, promotion and sales research.

TamilNadutourismdepartmenthasgivenimportancetocontinuousresearchand planning to evolve new tourism products/circuits/destinations. This will be donein-houseorwillbeoutsourcedbyhiringexperts.Thenewproductswillbe given adequate publicity. To keep the interest of the tourist alive the product will be remodelled at least once every three years. So as to keep records for posterity and to retain the interest of the discerning tourist, history, travel writers and researchers working on tourism will be encouraged to observe, research and write about locations, culture, festivals etcetera of the state. The state will encourage publication of such literature. Through the tourism marketing research, TamilNaduTourismDepartmentfoundfollowingcircuitsfordevelopmentinthepolicynoteof2012-2013.

The following two priority circuits have been selected for strengthening tourist infrastructure:

East Coast Circuit- Pilgrimage and heritage circuit covering Kancheepuram, Cuddalore,Villupuram,Tiruvannamalai,Nagapattinam,Tiruvarur,Thanjavur,Pudukkottai and Tiruchirappalli districts. Tirukkovilur will also be added.

69

Southern Circuit- Pilgrimage and eco-circuit covering Madurai, Theni, Dindigul, Ramanathapuram, Sivagangai, Virudhunagar, Tirunelveli, Thoothukudi,KanyakumaridistrictsandWesternGhatsarea.Ootyhasalsobeenadded.TheEast-Coast Circuit will be taken up first along with Western Ghats followed by the Southern Circuit.

Marketing Mix for Tourism

Themarketingmixforanyserviceindustryisdiscussedas8Ps.Theyare:1. ProductElements2. Process3. PlaceandTime4. ProductivityandQuality5. PromotionandEducation6. People7. Priceandotherusercosts8. PhysicalEvidence

Let Us Look at the 8 Ps in Detail.

1. Product

Product in tourismisbasically theexperienceandhospitalityprovidedby theserviceprovided.Ingeneral,theexperiencehastobeexpressedinsuchawaythat the tourists see a value in them.

2. Process

TheprocessinTourisminclude:(a)tripplanningandanticipation,(b)traveltothe site/area, (c) recollection and (d) trip planning packages The trip planning packagesinclude:maps,attractionsandonsiteinformationregardinglodging,food, quality souvenirs or mementoes.

3. Place and Time -Location and Accessibility

The place and time in tourism is providing directions and maps, providing estimates of travel time and distances from different market areas, recommending direct and scenic travel routes, identifying attractions and support facilities along

70

different travel routes and informing potential customers of alternative travel methods to the area such as airlines and railroads.

4. Productivity and Quality

This is similar to other service industries. The quality is assessed by time taken for a service, the promptness of the service, reliability and so on.

5. Promotion and Education

Like other services, the promotion should address, the accurate and timely information helping to decide whether to visit target audience, the image to be createdfortheorganization,objectivesbudget,timingofcampaign,mediatobe selected and evaluation methods.

6. People

People are the centres for tourism. It ismore a human intensive sector. Forhospitality and guest relations it is very important to focus on the people. It also plays a vital role in quality control, personal selling and employee morale.

7. Price and Other User Costs

The price of the tourism services depend on business and target market objectives, cost of producing, delivering and promoting the product, willingness of the target, prices charged by competitors offering similar product/service to the same target markets, availability and prices of substitute products/services and the economic climate.

8. Physical Evidence

Intourismthephysicalevidencebasicallydependsontravelexperience,stay,and comfort. Here, the core product is bed in the case of stay.

According to the TourismMarketingMix following statistics denotes themarketabilityofTamilNaduasauniquetourismserviceproduct.

TamilNaduisthe7thmostpopulousstateinIndiawithapopulationof72.1million (Census2011), representing5.96%of India'spopulation.Asper theAnnualSurveyofIndustries(ASI)FY12,TamilNaduistheleadingstateintermsof employment generation,with 15.95 lakh persons employed and36,996number of factories in the registered manufacturing sector.

71

Withaliteracyrateof80.3%TamilNaduranks8thamongtheIndianstates.Thestateisamongsttheextensivelyurbanizedstatesinthecountrywith48.5%ofthepopulationlivinginurbanareas.TamilNaduisoneofthemostindustrializedstatesinIndia.AsofMarch2014outstandinginvestmentprojectsinTamilNadustoodat`9.61trillion.

During FY06 and FY07, the economy of TamilNadu had recorded stronggrowthratesof14.0%and15.2%,respectively.DuringtheEleventhPlanPeriod(FY08-FY12)althoughtheexpenditureexceededtheapprovedoutlay,growthslowed down in critical sectors such as power, industry and agriculture, thereby bringingdownthestateeconomy'sannualgrowthratetoanaverageof8.6%during this five-year period.

72

Social Infrastructure in Tamil NaduEducationTamilNaduisoneofthemostprogressivestatesinIndia.Theliteracyrateinthestatestandsat80.3%whichisthe8thhighestamongtheIndianstates.TamilNaduhasagoodeducationalinfrastructurewithover55,000primary,middle,high and higher secondary schools.

Vocationaleducationwasintroducedinhighersecondaryschoolsduringthe10thFiveYearPlanperiod.ThestategovernmenthassetatargetofraisingtheGrossEnrollmentRatio(GER)inhighereducationto25%by2020fromthepresentlevelof11.73%.Forthe12thPlan,secondaryandvocationaleducationhasreceived the highest plan outlay in the educational sector.

Table-1 Educational Infrastructure in Tamil Nadu: 2013

Category Number

Schools* 55,667

Arts & Science colleges 1,328

Engineeringcolleges 553

Polytechnic colleges 464

Govt. medical institutions 47

Note: *Primary, middle, high & higher secondarySource: Various govt. documents

Table -2: 12th Five year Plan Outlay in Education

Category Outlay

ElementaryEducation 55.17

SecondaryandVocationalEducation 66.75

HigherEducation 36.59

TechnicalandProfessionalEcucation 20.30

SportsandYouthWelfare 13.4

Tamil Development 2.11

Science and Technology 1.77

73

Healthcare

TamilNadu is well equippedwith healthcare facilities. Chennai, the statecapital,ispopularlyknownasthehealthcarecapitalofIndiawhileTamilNaduisincreasinglybeingrecognizedasthemedicalhubinSouthAsia.DuringtheEleventhPlan,anoutlayof27.30billionwasallocatedforthehealthsectorandtheexpenditureincurredwas47.19billion.TheproposedoutlayforhealthandfamilywelfarefortheTwelfthFiveYearPlanis108.32billionoutofwhichnearly82%isforhealthcaredeliveryandservices.

Table -3: Tamil Nadu: 12th Plan Outlay on Health & Family welfare

Category Proposed Outlay

Healthcare Delivery and Services 88.71

MedicalEducationandResearch 18.55

Indian Medicine and Homoeopathy 1.05

Source: Tamil Nadu 12th Plan Document

Apart from this, two midi-cities will be created in southern and western Tamil Naduwithanaimtoservethemedicaltourismindustrybyinvestmentinhospitaland educational facilities, logistics and hospitality services.

With a view to enhance the industrial development of the southern districts of TamilNadunamelyMadurai,Dindigul,Theni,Sivagangai,Ramanathapuram,Virudhunagar,Pudukkottai,Thoothukudi,TirunelveliandKanniyakumari,thestategovernment plans to implement the Madurai-Thoothukudi Industrial Corridor. ThestategovernmenthasalreadypermittedSIPCOTtoestablishnewindustrialparks in these districts.

TamilNaduisoneofthemostfavouredinvestmentdestinationsduetoitssupplyof skilled manpower, adequate availability of physical and social infrastructure andtheproactivepoliciesofthestategovernment.DuringFY13,17MemorandaofUnderstanding(MoU)weresignedwithdomesticandforeign investors foran investment totalling266.25billionwhichwillgeneratedirectandindirectemploymentforover1.45lakhpersons.

74

Infrastructural Status in Tamil NaduTamilNaduhasawell-developedsystemofroads,railways,ports,powerandcommunication. All the villages and towns in the state are electrified. Chennai, Tiruchirapalli, Madurai, Coimbatore and Thoothukudi have domestic airports while Chennai also has an international airport.

Ports and HighwaysTamilNaduhasacoastlineofabout1,076kmwithinwhichtherearethreemajorports,namelyEnnore,ChennaiandTuticorinnotifiedundertheMajorPortTrustAct,1963and23non-major(minor)portsnotifiedundertheIndianPortsAct,1908.

TheNationalHighwaysroadsinTamilNadutraverseatotallengthof4974kmoutofwhich1,500kmarebeingmaintainedbytheStateNationalHighwayswingandtheremaining3,474kmbytheNationalHighwaysAuthorityofIndia(NHAI).

Table -4: Road Network in Tamil Nadu

Category Lengh (km)

NationalHighways 4,974

State Highways 10,764

Major District Roads 11,247

OtherDistrictRoads 35,032

Total 62,017

Source: Highways and Minor Ports Department Policy Note 2013-14, Tamil Nadu

Launching of New ToursThe following new tours were launched by TTDC on the World Tourism Day i.e. 27thSeptember2012:1. NagaratharTempleTour2. ThirukkadaiyurTempleTour3. TiruchirapalliTempleTour4. FreedomFightersCircuitTour

75

It is sure to attract a large number of tourists and to reach out to them the DepartmentofTourismhaslaunchedthefollowinginitiatives:-

Brand Promotion

DiscoverTamilNaduCampaign

Long Term Brand Building and Promotion

Publicizethestateasanallseasondestination.

To project that TamilNadu is not only the land of temples but also astate endowed with many tourist attractions to enhance equality and comprehensivevisitorexperience.

Art, craft and cuisine of the state to be given eminence.

Positive Impacts

ByfulfillingimportantsegmentationsofServiceTourismMarketing,TamilNadureceived thehighestnumberofdomestic touristsduring2014,according toMinistryofTourism.TamilNadureceived32.76croredomestictouristsin2014followedbyUttarPradeshwhichreceived18.28croredomestictouristsduringthe same period says the data compiled by the market research division of MinistryofTourism.TamilNaduwasrankedsecondinIndiainthedomestictouristarrivalsnexttoAndhraPradeshandalsosecondinforeigntouristarrivalsnexttoMaharashtrain2012.In2013,TamilNadustandsfirstinIndiaindomestictourist arrivals for the first time and a close second in foreign tourist arrivals. Tamil NaduhasinrecenttimesbecomeoneoftheleadingdestinationsforMedicalTourism and Wellness Tourism.

Negative Impacts

Thepolicynote for2012-13 listed "adventure tourism,niche tourism,cruisetourism,eco-tourismandseatourismasanewsegment.Evenmorerealisticideasrelatingtoeco-tourismandadventuretourismhavetakenoff.TTDC'sprofitshavedeclinedfrom16.3%in2012-13to11.9%in2013-14thoughthereisamarginalincreaseinturnoverwhichofficialssaywasmainlyfromincometaxexemptionsandsaleinrestaurantsandbarsinitshotels.Theroomoccupancyhas declined.

76

Conclusion

TamilNaduTourismDepartmentasaservicetourismproductwasnotsuccessfulfor theyear2014-2015dueto the impropermarketingapproaches towardsboth domestic and foreign tourists. Promotion has not gone beyond the temple tourism and the government is yet to include the private sector. In contrast, TamilNadutourism'smarketinginitiativesarelimitedtoadvertisementsabouttourism development corporation hotels and tours in Google and messages inmobilephonesandFacebookasperplansof2014-15setoutinthestatelegislature. Brand promotion includes a plan to rope in brand ambassadors but thegovernmenthasnotfixedadeadlinefortheimitative.

Expertssaythegovernmentshouldbrandthestate,allowtheprivateentrepreneursto invest and create an environment sensitive to the needs of the tourists who visitTamilNaduareatalossofconnectivityandclearinformation.

References1. Ayyappan,V.(2014,August7).TamilNaduTourismstilltreadstheTemple

Trail. Times of India.

2. Bhatia,A.K. (1991). InternationalTourism:FundamentalsandPractices.NewDelhi:SterlingPublishersPvt.Ltd.

3. Choudhary,Vikas.(2010).InternationalTourism&SustainableDevelopment.NewDelhi:CentrumPress.

4. Dun&Bradstreet'sResearchReport"India2020EconomyOutlook".

5. (2010,July,5).MoreForeignTouristFlytoTamilNaduforCulture,HealthCare. Times of India.

6. MinistryofTourism,GOIAnnualStatisticalHandbook(2014-2015).

7. Sharma, Lalita. (2011). Introduction to Travel and Tourism.NewDelhi:Centrum Press.

8. (2014,July5).TamilNaduMostPopularDestinationforDomesticTourists.Times of India.

9. Tirtha, Ranjit. (2002).Geography of India (IInd Edition). Jaipur: RawatPublications.

77

MICHAEL ADDITION OF CHALCONES wITh EThYLacEToacETaTE uSInG GRINDING METHODD. Visagaperumal1

AbstractA series of 3-substituted phenyl-5-substituted phenyl pentanoate (MA1-MA8) were synthesized by using Michael addition reaction. In this reaction, substituted chalcones were made to react with ethyl acetoacetate by grinding method. The chalcones were prepared by treating acetophenone with different substituted benzaldehyde in the presence of sodium hydroxide and ethanol. The synthesized compounds were then screened for antimicrobial activity. Antibacterial activity were screened on Bacillus subtilis and Eschericia coli while antifungal activity was screened on Aspergillus niger and Aspergillus flavus. The structure of the synthesized compounds was characterized by using IR, 1H NMR and mass spectral data. The results for antimicrobial activity evaluation of the synthesized molecules showed weak antibacterial and moderate antifungal activities except MA4 when compared the standard drugs (ciprofloxacin for antibacterial activity; ketoconazole for antifungal activity). From the data obtained it was found that 2-hydroxy derivative showed most potent compound that seems to be responsible for both antibacterial and antifungal activity. Thus compound MA4 having 2-hydroxy can be chosen as a lead molecule to synthesise novel compounds for antibacterial and antifungal activity.

Keywords: Michael addition, Chalcones, Antibacterial Activity, Antifungal Activity

1.AssociateProfessor,DepartmentofPharmaceuticalChemistry,T.JohnCollegeofPharmacy.

78

1. Introduction:Though there are a number of antimicrobial agents available the main matter of concern in treating microbial infections is because of the limited number ofefficaciousantimicrobialdrugs.Alotofcurrentlyavailabledrugsaretoxic,enables recurrence because they are bacteriostatic/fungistatic and were not bactericidal/fungicidal, while many lead to the development of resistance because of prolonged periods of administration. This impact is more acute in developing countries as the desired medicines are not available (Tomar et al., 2007;Sharmaetal.,2009).Soalwaysthereisarealperceivedneedforthediscovery of new compounds that are endowed with antibacterial and antifungal activities possibly acting through certain mechanism of actions. They should be distinct from those of well known classes of antimicrobial agents to which many clinicallysimilarpathogensareresistantnow(Sharmaetal.,2009;Tuncbileketal.,2009;Sharmaetal.,2009).

In view of these findings, it is observed that the Michael addition products had doneonantimicrobialactivities(YutingLiuetal.,2015;ElHashashMAetal.,2014).Thisfindinghadledtosynthesizenew3-substitutedphenyl-5-substitutedphenyl pentanoate with chalcones by using Michael addition reaction and to screen their antimicrobial activity against different selected bacterial strains.

2. Results and Discussion2.1 Chemistry Inthisresearch,aseriesofnovelMichaeladditionproductwassynthesizedbysubstitutingdifferentsubstitutedphenylmoietyat3rdand5th position of pentaonate. The synthesis was started by using substituted acetophenone and substituted benzaldehyde.Thechalconewassynthesizedwhenthetworeactantshavereactedfromwhichthetitlecompoundwassynthesizedbygrindingthechalconewithethylacetoacetate and sodium carbonate as depicted in scheme. The physicochemical propertiesofthenewlysynthesizedcompoundswereshownintable1.

Compd Code

R R1

MolecularFormula

Molecular Weight

%YieldMelting

point (˚C)Rf

MD1 H 4-N(CH3)2 C23H27NO4 381.46 72.2 96 0.54

MD2 H 3-NO2 C21H21NO6 383.9 76.4 77 0.72

MD3 H O-CH3 C22H24O5 368.42 55.6 91 0.91

MD4 H 2-OH C21H22O5 354.39 62.2 87 0.64

79

MD5 4-Br 4-N(CH3)2 C22H26BrNO4 460.38 44.6 104 0.59

MD6 4-Br 3-NO2 C21H20BrNO6 462.29 86.9 102 0.83

MD7 4-Br O-CH3 C22H23BrO5 447.31 32.6 102 0.78

MD8 4-Br 2-OH C21H21BrO5 433.29 28.9 122 0.68

ThesynthesizedcompoundswerecharacterizedbyusingIR,1HNMRandmassspectra.Thespectraldataobtainedforthesynthesizedcompoundsshowedtheirrespectivepeaksindicatingtheirformationintheirsynthesis.Formationofthefinal compound (MA1-MA8) was confirmed by the absence of a weak alkenic C=Cbandsat1680-1620cm-1 with IR spectra. The presence of a peak at 2946-2904 cm-1confirms the presence of aliphatic C-H stretching. A triplet wasappearedataround3.59ppmwhichconfirmstheformationofCH-CH2 inNMRspectra.Adoubletwasobservedataround4.14ppmthatcorrespondto CH2-CH.Thepresenceofmultipletat6.73-7.76ppmshowsthepresenceofaromatic protons in the nuclear magnetic resonance. The appearance of their respective molecular peaks in the mass spectroscopy confirms the formation.

2.2 Biological Activity

All thesynthesizedcompoundswereevaluated for their invitroantimicrobialactivitybyborewellmethod.TheactivitieswerecomparedbyusingCiprofloxacin(100 μg/ml) and Ketoconazole (100 μg/ml) as standard for antibacterialand antifungal activity, respectively and chloroform as solvent. The results of antimicrobialactivityaresummarizedintable2and3.Fromtheresults,itwasfound that inhibitionwas observedwithmany synthesized compoundswhenscreened for antifungal activity than antibacterial activity.

Ingeneral,itwasobservedthatunsubstitutedderivativesexhibitedbetteractivitythanthecorrespondingbromosubstitutedanalog.Amongallthesynthesizedcompounds, compound MA 4 had shown better activity against Bacillus subtilis, Aspergillus niger and Aspergillus flavus (100μg/ml).Theexhibitedactivitywasequipotent to that of the standard drug which may be due to the presence of electron donating group. Compounds MA3 and MA4hadexhibitedmoderateantifungal activity as compared to the standard drug against Aspergillus niger. Alltheothersynthesizedcompoundshadshownlowerantifungalactivityandno antibacterial activity.

WithintheunsubstitutedanalogatC-5phenylderivative,compoundMA4 with hydroxylderivativeshowedsignificantantifungalactivityascomparedtostandarddrugketoconazole.Whenthehydroxylgroupwasreplacedwithmethoxyand

80

dimethylaminogroupdecreaseinactivitywasobserved.Whilereplacinghydroxylgroup with nitro group, a reasonable decrease in activity was observed (MA2 and MA6). Addition of electron withdrawing group like bromo has reduced the activity. The sequence of the functional group that was present on the phenyl groupattheC-3phenylthatexhibitedtheactivitywasinthefollowingorder:hydroxyl>methoxy>dimethylamino>nitro.

Thus, from thesynthesizedcompounds,ethyl2-acetyl-3-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-5-oxo-5-phenylpentanoate,MA4 was found to be most active antifungal agent and had equipotent activity as like that of standards.

Table 2: Antimicrobial Activity

CompoundName

Diameter of Zone of Inhibition in mmAntibacterial Activity Antifungal ActivityBacillus subtilis

NCIM 2118

Escherichia coli

NCIM 2063

Aspergillus niger

NCIM 596

Aspergillus flavus

NCIM 539PFG 1 - - ++ ++

PFG 2 - - + -

PFG 3 - - ++ ++

PFG 4 +++ - +++ ++

PFG 5 - - ++ +

PFG 6 - - + -

PFG 7 - - ++ -

PFG 8 - - ++ +

Ciprofloxacin 10µg/ml

+++ +++ +++ +++

(-)-nozoneofinhibition;15-25mm-+;26-35mm-++;36-45mm-+++

3. Experimental

3.1 Material and Measurements

The chemicals used were reagent grade and as received with further purification. All melting points were determined in open capillaries and are uncorrected. IR absorptionspectrawererecordedonPerkinElmer-838FTIRspectrometerusingKBrpelletsandPMRspectrawererecordedinDMSO-d6onBrukerDRX-300

81

(300MHzFTNMR)instrument(chemicalshiftsinδ ppm). Mass spectra were obtainedonAgilent1100seriesLCMS.ThepurityofthecompoundswasroutinelycheckedbyTLCusingsilicagelandcyclohexane:ethylacetate(7:3,v/v)asthemobilephase.ThetargetcompoundsweresynthesizedasoutlinedinSchemes1.

3.2 Procedure for the Synthesis

3.2.1 Synthesis of 3-phenyl substituted-1-phenyl substituted-2-en-1-one (1)

Equimolar quantities of Anisaldehyde (1.2 ml) / 3-nitrobenzaldehyde (1.511 g) / p-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde (1.49 g) / salicylaldehyde (1.0 ml) (0.01 mol) and acetophenone (1.2 ml) (0.01 mol) were dissolved in minimum amount of alcohol. Sodium hydroxide solution (0.79 g) (0.02 mol) was added slowly and the mixture was stirred for 2 h until the entire mixture becomes very clouded. Then the mixture was poured slowly into 400 ml of water with constant stirring and kept in refrigerator for 24 h. The precipitate obtained was filtered, washed and recrystallized from ethanol.

3.2.2 Synthesis of 3-substituted phenyl-5-substituted phenyl pentanoate (MA1- MA8)

Amixture of 3-phenyl substituted-1-phenyl substituted-2-en-1-one derivative(10mmol),sodiumcarbonate (4.23g)(40mmol)andethylacetoacetate(1.95ml)(15mmol)weregroundtogetherfor20-30mininamortorwithapestleatRT. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the product was poured into ice-cold water. The separated product was filtered, washed with water till neutral, to yield a colourless product. It was recrystallizedfromasuitablesolvent.

3.2.2.1 Ethyl-2-acetyl-3-(4-dimethylaminophenyl)-5-oxo-5-phenyl pentanoate (MA1):

IR (ν, cm-1):3019(CH),2947(CH3CH),1678(C=O),1528,1428(C=C),1264(C-N),1233(C-O).1HNMR:δ:1.35(s,6H,N(CH3)2),1.7(s,3H,CH3), 3.9(1H,CH),4.08(s,3H,CH3CO),4.34(t,2H,CH3CH2CO),4.59(t,3H,CH2CO),4.96(s,1H,CH),6.695-7.751(m,9H,ArH).MSm/z(rel.int.):381(M+).

82

3.2.2.2 Ethyl-2-acetyl-3-(3-nitrophenyl)-5-oxo-5-phenyl pentanoate (MA2):

IR (ν, cm-1):3059(CH),2948(CH3CH),1745(C=O),1599,1458(C=C),1163(C-N),1230(C-O),1163(C-N).1HNMR:δ:1.35(s,3H,CH3),3.59(1H,CH),3.96(s,3H,CH3CO),4.41(t,2H,CH3CH2CO),4.45(t,3H,CH2CO),4.79(s,1H,CH),6.731-6.765(m,9H,ArH).MSm/z(rel.int.):383(M+).

1.3 In vitro Antimicrobial Activity

Allthesynthesizedcompoundsweretestedin vitro for their antibacterial activity against Bacillus subtilis NCIM2063(Gram+ve)andEscherichia coli NCIM2118 (Gram – ve) bacteria and antifungal activity againstAspergillus niger NCIM596andAspergillus flavus NCIM539.CiprofloxacinandKetoconazolewas used as a standard drug for antibacterial and antifungal activity, respectively andDMFasacontrolsolvent.Theprimaryafter24hofincubationat37°Cforantibacterialactivityand48hofincubationat25°Cforantifungalactivity,thezoneofinhibitionwasmeasuredinmm.Theprimaryscreenwascarriedoutusing the agar disc-diffusion method () using Muller–Hinton agar medium. Sterile filterpaperdiscsweremoistenedwith the synthesized compound solution indimethylformamideofspecificconcentrationof100μg/discwerecarefullyplacedon the agar cultures plates that had been previously innoculated separately with the microorganisms. The results of the preliminary antimicrobial testing of the synthesizedcompoundsareshowninTable2.Theresultsrevealedthatmajorityofthesynthesizedcompoundsshowedvaryingdegreesofinhibitionagainstthescreened microorganisms. In general, the inhibitory activity against the tested antifungal activity was higher than that of the antibacterial activity as only one compound has shown antibacterial activity derivatives.

83

MD 1- MD 8

R1=4-N(CH3)2,3-NO2,3-OCH3,2-OH.

R=H,4-Br

References

1. El HashashM. A., Essawy A., & Fawzy A. S. (2014). Synthesis andantimicrobial activity of some novel heterocyclic candidates via Michael additioninvolving4-(4-acetamidophenyl)-4-oxobut-2-enoicacid.Advancesinchemistry,2014.ArticleID.619749.

2. SharmaD.,NarasimhanB.,KumarP.,&Jalbout,A.(2009).SynthesisandQSARevaluationof(2-(substitutedphenyl)-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-pyridin-3-yl-methanones.Eur.J.Med.Chem.2009;44:1119-1127.

3. Sharma,D.,Narasimhan,B.,Kumar,P.,Judge,V.,Narang,R.,DeClercq,E.,&Balzarni,J.(2009).Synthesis,antimicrobialandantiviralevaluationofsubstitutedimidazolederivatives.Eur.J.Med.Chem.44(6):2347-2353.

4. Sharma,S.,Gangal,S.,&Rauf,A.(2009).Convenientone-potentsynthesisof2-substitutedbenzimidazoles,tetrahydrobenzimidazolesandimidazolesandevaluationoftheirin-vitroantibacterialandantifungalactivities.Eur.J.Med.Chem.2009;44:1751-1757.

5. Silverstein,R.M.andWebster,F.X.(1998).SpectrometricIdentificationofOrganiccompounds.JohnWiley&Sons,Inc.,NewYork.

6. Tomar,V.,Bhattacharjee,G.,Kamaluddin,&Kumar,A.(2007).Synthesisandantimicrobialevaluationofnewchalconescontainingpiperazineor2,5-dichlorothiophenemoiety.Bioorg.Med.Chem.Lett.17:5321-5324.

7. Tuncbilek, M., Kiper, T., Altanlar, N. (2009). Synthesis and in-vitroantimicrobialactivityofsomenovelsubstitutedbenzimidazolederivativeshavingpotentactivityagainstMRSA.Eur.J.Med.Chem.44:1024-1033.

8. Villanova, P. A.National Committee forClinical Laboratory Standards(NCCLS)(1985)ApprovedstandarddocumentM-7A.

9. Yuting, Liu,Hanli, Zhang,Dawei, Yin,&Dan,Chen. (2015). Synthesis,characterizationandantimicrobialactivityofnovelheterocycliccompoundscontaining a ferrocene unit via Michael addition reaction. Res Chem Intermed 41:3793-3801.

84

THE POLITICS OF GENDER AND SOCIAL CONSTRAINT: DECODING THE chaLLEnGES To GEnDEr EquaLITYShilpa S.P. Singh1

AbstractThe gender, society and politics are interlinked to each other, the gender is essentially a reflection of society and state is synonymous with politics, many people relate gender and politics merely as the representation of women in politics but gender as a social issue also has political repercussions as it hinders balanced development of state and poses many other challenges.Theoretically speaking, though state derives its power from the society or established social norms. It is a separate organisation of power as it legitimises the power forms in the society. Thus, disorder and injustice in the society must be rectified by the state. Hence, gender disparities which are the outcome of social construction should be eliminated by the efforts of the state. But in India, the deep rooted traditions are socially so strong that they violate the ideal of the state and still women are under the bondage of the social institutions and the norms they are experiencing or witnessing backwardness in the forms of illiteracy, domestic violence, undesirable, socio-economic dependence on men and poor health status. These are issues which are very politically sensitive as it not only takes heavy toll on overall progress and development in India but also because it challenges the constitution as well as law and order situation. Further, being a human rights issue it brings embarrassment to India at any global forum and becomes a question of national image. Gender inequality is first a social issue and then a political; it is political only

1. AssisantProfessor,GoaUniversity

85

because it has social ramifications. Today capability of women in defying gender stereotypes is not in question, thus, we witness some mobility in gender stereotypes but it is concentrated only at larger public and professional spheres as these do not present serious challenge to patriarchal system and mindset which continues to have strong hold on private sphere, that is, familial structure. The system of needs has led patriarchy to shift a little from previous controls, however it compensates for it in private sphere. For instance, a working woman who brings income in home but still is dependent and controlled by men poses no challenge to patriarchy in real sense. The affirmative action can surely bring backward women upward in economic and political status but to achieve gender equality in comprehensive sense, the patriarchy and privilege has to give way to equality at personal, familial and social level which can be achieved only through major transformation in both social ideas and institutions.

Keywords:Gender,SocialConstraint,SocialEquality.

Comprehending Gender and Its Implications

The word “gender” is very often understood and used interchangeably with the word “sex”, basically to indicate anatomical distinction between male and female. The synonymous usage of these terms is not correct either in technical linguistic form or in sociological usage. The gender is essentially much more sensitive than merebiologicaldifference.TheAmericanFeministsarecreditedforbeingthefirst one to use gender in terms of cultural and social connotations as they used gender to denote cultural construction– the entire social creation of ideas about the appropriate roles of men and women.1In simpler terms, gender refers to the socialconstructionofthetwosexesthatresultincreationofstereotypes.Thegender stereotypes are based on broader construction of masculinity as suitable for public and political sphere and femininity associated with private and domestic sphere. Most often these stereotypes are seen as qualities that men and women are desired to have which in turn shapes the institutional and familial structure inthesociety.Forinstance,womenareconstructedtobeemotionallyweakandcaring,therefore,suitablefornursingandhousekeeping.Ontheotherhand,men are constructed to be mentally tough and courageous, thus, suitable for defence and politics. This conception is problematic as gender based stereotyping usuallypreventsmembersofeithersexfromundertakingactivitiesthatdonotmatch with the construct of masculinity and feminity.2 It must be noted here that, historically, gender stereotypes have social and religious sanction upon them.

86

Hence, society as well as religion endorses the roles in conformity with gender stereotypes and usually restrict the mobility in gender specific roles which defy the equalstatusofbothsexes.Thus,thetermgenderisalsoanindicatorofunequalrelationship between men and women where women are regarded as inferior and subordinate to men which results in their subjugation and discrimination at each phase of her life.3 Power is prerequisite of social status and vice-versa the gender issue has very sensitive political overtones. The whole concept of gender justice revolves around equality of status to women in all the spheres of life. Almost in all civilisations of the world the women have been subjected to seclusion,suppressionandservitudeandourveryownIndiaisnoexception.According to deep rooted Indian traditions which reflected in our social, political, religiousandculturalinstitutions,thewomenareexpectedtobesubordinatetomen and their subjugation has been sanctified by these institutions. However, since the Raj period the Indian civilisation has witnessed an advancement with subsequent emergence of India as a modern state not only in gender equality which is enshrined in our constitution but also affirmative action in the form ofpositivediscriminationandspecialprovisionforwomenunderarticle15(3)of Indian Constitution which has been provided for achieving gender justice.4 These policy measures however has not proved enough to weed out deep rooted Indianorthodoxyand traditionswhich continue tobemajor impediment inimproving status of women as well as in providing appropriate representation andopportunitiesinsocial,economicandpoliticalsphere.Fromthisaspectwefirst need to take a look at deep-rooted Indian tradition which undermines the status of women in India.

Gender in Indian traditions: Past reflections on Present

In India, women constitute half of the total population but still they are backward andvulnerabletoexploitation,violenceandtorture;theirvulnerabilitycanbetraced to deep rooted Indian traditions and beliefs that continue to dominate our lives till today. Women in Indian traditions are subjected to bondage, as a girl,wifeandmother;shewasunderthetutelageofafather,ahusbandanda son. Her freedom was also circumscribed which becomes evident from the declaration of historical philosopher Manu that “By a girl, a young woman, or even Aged one, nothing must be done independently even in her own house.” 5 Thus, women’s productivity within the household and outside was subjected to control by men. The linguistic term like Swami, Pati and Malik that were used to denote husbands actually meant masters whereas the rituals like sati, purdah and polygamy were the outcomes of such subjectivity. These limited women as

87

mere objects to be used by men, men were the principle people to earn and govern, women were there only to supplement his work, she was desired to have a domestic role and no other role. Hence, power which comes from economic and political status was confined only to men and they remained powerful for centuries and women remained weak. Ironically, even in the era of globalisation, the patriarchal mindset of our society has not changed, the family’s name is still continued through men only, they are also the primary inheritors of parental propertyandthenaturalguardianofchildren.Otherfactorsrelatedtomarriagelike dowry and patrilocality, more precisely rituals like “kanya-daan” in which parents of daughter take pride in disposing her off forever as “daan” to a son-owning family, significantly gift, i.e., “daan” cannot be taken and returned and hence, after marriage, whether her in–laws are treating her well or badly is seen as herdestiny.Thiscanberegardedasthemostsevereexampleofcommoditizationofwomenmuchmorethanmostdebatedwesterncommoditizationofwomenthroughbeautypageants, it isparadoxical thatevenwomenactivistsarenotready to challenge these rituals which are sacrosanct and unchanged even today. These are socio-cultural factors which constrain women more so in rural and semi-urban areas, besides reinforcing a negative self-image among women which finally restricts their emancipation and development.

Gender, Society and Politics

The gender, society and politics are interlinked to each other. The gender is essentially a reflection of society and state is synonymous to politics, many people relate gender and politics merely as representation of women in politics but gender as a social issue also has political repercussions as it hinders balanced development of state and poses many other challenges. Theoretically speaking, though state derives its power from society or established social norms, it is a separate organisation of power as it legitimises the power forms in society, thus, disorder and injustice in society must be rectified by state, hence, gender disparities which are outcomes of social construction should be eliminated by efforts of the state. But in India, the deep rooted traditions are socially so strong that they violate the ideals of the state. Thus, often society’s notion of rights, duties, behavioural norms and the identity of gender are antithetical to those of state.6 Hence, even though the principles of gender equality are enshrined in the Indian Constitution, in its preamble, fundamental rights, duties and directive principles, India has also ratified convention on eliminations of all forms of discriminationagainstwomenin1993itselfwhichbindsIndiatopreventgenderbased discrimination and to effectuate right to life including empowerment of economic, social and cultural rights. But still women are under bondage of social institutions and norms. They are witnessing backwardness in forms of

88

illiteracy, domestic violence, undesirability and poor health status. These are issues which are very politically sensitive as it not only takes heavy toll on the overall development in India, for instance, the low ranking of India in Human DevelopmentIndexisattributedtopoorstatusofIndianwomen.Italsochallengestheconstitutionaswellasthelawandordersituation.Further,beingahumanrights issue it brings embarrassment to India at the global forum and becomes a question of national image. These markers of status of women are discussed in detailbelow;letusexaminethesocialconstraintsandstateseffortsinremovinggender disparities in India.

Illiteracy

The importance of education for emancipation of women in undeniable, however, India still has one of the lowest female literacy rates in Asia. Today there are morethan200millionilliteratewomeninIndia.NotsurprisinglyIndiaalsohasthe largest population of non- school going girls, though the Indian Constitution guaranteesfreeprimaryschooleducationforchildrenfromtheageof6to14years.7 There are certain factors which act as an impediment to the education ofgirlchild.Firstly,forIndianparentsinvestingintheeducationofthegirlchildis like throwing bundles of rupees into the well as it is perceived as something that has no return After marriage she steps into her in-laws’ house and her income if any, is confined to her in-laws house only. Thus, parents prefer saving moneyfordowry-priceratherthandoublingtheirexpenditurebysendingtheirdaughters for higher education and the marriage of girls takes precedence over hereducation. It is indeedheartening thatgovernmenthasexpressedstrongcommitment towards education of the girl child, ‘SarvaShikshaAbhiyan’, the flagship programme for universalisation of elementary education has special focus on disadvantaged group including girl child. The educational institute such as JawaharNavodayaVidyalaya andPratibhaVikasVidyalaya Schemes inevery district of the country with fair reputation of a girl-child will contribute in the education of the child. In addition over the years, the mid-day meal scheme has also improved girls enrolment and retention in primary school in rural India. TheupcomingschemesuchasKasturbaGandhiBalikaVidyalayawhichaddressesthe issue of gender disparities in rural area and among the disadvantaged communities by establishing residential school for girl child in rural areas will be indeed a breakthrough in the education of a girl child.8 But still policy-measures and welfare schemes are just not enough to promote education among girls, attitudinal as well as social-changes are necessary to improve educational and consequent socio-economic status of women in India.

89

Domestic ViolenceWomenbecauseofexistingsocialconditionsandinstitutionssuchaspatri-localityi.e. transfer into an alien home and atmosphere are vulnerable to torture and violence.37%ofIndianwomen(majoritymarried)betweentheage15to49years are victims of physical violence and abuse by their husbands, in-laws and others.This factcameout inreportbyUnitedNation’sPopulationFundandNationalFamilyHealthSurveyIII(2007-08).Thereportalsosaidthatviolenceagainst women was putting a huge strain on nation’s social and legal services andledtoheavylossofproductivity.Onesuchincidentofviolencetranslatesinto women losing an average seven working days. The report also said violence killsanddisablesasmanywomenbetweenage15 to44yearsascancer ittakes a toll on woman’s health which surpasses accidentsin traffic and malaria combined. The consequences of gender-based violence are devastating including life-long emotional distress, mental health issues and poor reproductive health.9 AlthoughIndiangovernmentcamewitharemarkableDomesticViolenceActof2005keepingthespiritofBeijingdeclarationandprogrammeofactionwhichregarded domestic violence as human rights issue and serious deterrent to development.Figuressuggestthatithasnotbeingabletoproveveryeffective.10

Undesirability Leading to Female InfanticideThe declining female ratio over the years is a concrete evidence of undesirability offemaleinIndia.Atpresentits940girlsforevery1000boys.ThenationalcapitalterritoryofDelhihasthelowestfemalesexratioat866.Haryana,therapidly developing rich-rural state, is second in topping the chart of lowest female sex-ratioi.e.877femalesforevery1,000males.Intheagriculturalheartland,thatis,Punjabfollowswith893butothernorthandnorth-westernstatesespeciallyofJatheartlandarenotfarbehind.Variousreasonsforundesirabilityofdaughtersin India are hypergamy, dowry, lack of economic support, kinship, marriage and patriarchal system.11The principle cause however is patrilocalityas the daughter after marriage moves to husbands home and does not have share in her family’s immovable property, she is unable to either contribute to her natal family or offer old age support to her parents even though if she earns and hence Indians regard daughters as an “economic liability” and as “use-less”. Thus, Indian parents since centuries use female infanticide and foeticides as the means to get rid of the daughters. The practice of female infanticide is largely prevalent in north-India whereas in southern and western India the rates of these crimes are lower although the first preference is given to a male child only. It is ironical that in rural areas positive development like electricity and roads have not yet reached, however, negative development such as ‘Sonography Clinics’ can be even found in the remotest part of many Indian villages where surreptitiously

90

thesex-determinationisconductedleadingtofemalefoeticide.Accordingtoasurvey,inIndiamorethan10millionfemalefoetuseshavebeenabortedinthelast2yearsinbothurbanandruralareas.12The desire for no daughters makes thetaskoflevellingtheimbalanceofsex-ratioverydemandingandchallenging.The present situation reveals the failure of our strategies such as Pre-conception Pre-natalDiagnosticTechnologies(PCPNDT)MisuseActand“savethegirlchild”campaign.

Poor Health StatusHealth is one of the indicators of development of asociety, the recent studies show that women are relatively less healthy than men, even though, they belong to the same class. Nutritional deficiency ismore prevalent among illiteraterural women and women belonging to a low standard of living. The result of ill-health and unsanitary living conditions in motherhood leads to highest maternal mortality rate in the world. In rural India, some of the traditional practices are still continuing many women who deliver babies are subjected to isolation in unhealthy conditions, deprivation of proper nutritional food and other amenities due to false beliefs and superstitions. According to World Bank’s report on “Improving Women’s Health in India” iron-deficiency linked anaemia is widespread among girlsandwomenaffectingashighas50-90%ofpregnantwomenwhomostlysuffer from energy deficiency of the order of 1000 calories per day duringpregnancy resulting in world’s highest rate of maternal mortality in India.13Fortacklingtheseproblems,NationalRuralHealthMissionwaslaunchedinApril2005asaflagshipprogrammeofUPAgovernmentwherevariousprogrammesarebeingconvergedforSynergistichealth-careinthiscountry.UnderNRHMevery state is organizing village health andNutritionDay (VHND) at everyAnganwadicentreonceinamonth.Nutritionandhealtheducationofallwomenwith special emphasis on pregnant and lactating mothers is also undertaken by the Anganwadi workers known as ASHA’s. These strategies are really aimed to achieve better health status of rural people especially women and it can bring positive results if properly implemented in future years.14

Thissymbolizesthatdespitethestate’sspecialattentiontogenderissuenothingconcrete has been achieved, the social constraints often down play the political will of achieving gender equality and empowerment.

Gender, Indian State and affirmative action

Many feminists argue that the policy-measures for development of women folk is not gender sensitive as it should be since policy making and the political sphere is dominated by men. It has often been argued that greater participation of

91

women in high politics is likely to influence policy outcomes in favour of women as will facilitate a greater transfer of power. In this regard, there was demand foraffirmativeactionin1980’sbywomengroupswhichwastillthenexclusivelycaste-based.In1988,nationalperspectiveplanforwomensuggestedthat30%reservation for women be introduced at all levels of elective bodies.15 The case for affirmative action for women gained impetus because of three prominent factors, firstly, the backwardness of women was hindering fast and balanced development of nation, secondly, to compensate for the historical wrong of the social institution that generated gender disparities and thirdly, the rise of assertion of gender equality by women groups and women movements which assumed political colour. In 1993, this led to amendment of constitution to providereservation in village panchayat bodies to encourage grass root participation in politics. However, it did not improve the status of women in reaching the desired targetsasdiscussedearlier.In1995,therewasagainahugeuproarinIndianpolitics over the demand for reservation of seats in the parliament for women16

sincethenithasbecomeagreatandexhaustivedebatewhichhasbeenoftenpoliticized.ThepoliticalpartieslikeSamajwadiPartyandRJDhaveaggravatedthe dilemmas of reservation by attaching it with the caste politics. The others problemsoffcoursemustbementioned;thepermanentbenchmarkingseatsforwomen in33%of theconstituencieswouldmean thatone-thirdofmaleincumbents wouldn’t be able to contest the next election from their presentconstituency, this move will meet with opposition from sitting MPs, it will also mean that real democracy wouldn’t be in place in one third of the country. The problem regarding suggestions for political parties nominating women for one third of their seats is that the political parties are usually calculative about seats they are likely to win easily and those they are unlikely to win.17 Political partiesamongwhomthemajorityreflectssexistbiaswillmostlikelynominatewomencandidatesfor theseats theycouldlose.Eventually, thiswouldmeanmore candidates but for the same nominal rate of representation of women in the parliament. Today the issue has become eye-candy which no political party affordstoignore.In2009generalelections,Congressusedwomenreservationand empowerment as major issue in its election campaign, BJP also did the same besides proposing ‘Ladli Lakshmi Scheme’. In the upcoming general election 2014,theissueofwomensecurityandempowermentislikelytobeincludedinalltheelectoralmanifestosofdifferentpoliticalparties.Itisindeedparadoxicalthatdespite virtually desperate political will still no substantial moves have been made in the direction of its passage. However, Congress has advanced the “politics of symbolism”, thus, we are seeing first women speaker of Lok Sabha,Meira Kumar, and series of other elite class women who are empowered to continue the legacy of their family in the party. The most important point is that a greater or lesser representation of women in high politics is certainly not the best criterion

92

to enforce gender equality as the issue should be perceived within the structures of values and social norms that degrade the status of women. Affirmative action by government at secondary level would not facilitate women empowerment until social constraints at the basic level of their individual development are removed, i.e., in their families and the societies.

Conclusion

The gender disparities are still prevalent in India. Gender inequality is first a social issue and then a political and it is political only because it has social ramifications. Today capability of women in defying gender stereotypes is not in question, thus, we witness some mobility in gender stereotypes but it is concentrated only in the larger public and professional spheres as these do not present a serious challenge to the patriarchal system and the mindset which continues to have a strong hold over the private sphere i.e. familial structure. The system of needs has led patriarchy to shift a little from previous controls, however, it compensates for itintheprivatesphere.Forinstance,aworkingwomanwhobringsincomehomebut still is dependent and controlled by men poses no challenge to patriarchy in the real sense. The affirmative action can surely bring the backward women up in the economic and the political status but to achieve gender equality in comprehensive sense the patriarchy and the privilege has to give way to equality at a personal, familial and social level which can be achieved only through major transformation in both social ideas and institutions.

References 1. Sen, Simonti. “Gender and Politics”Political Sociology (NewDelhi:Mc

MillanIndiaLtd.,2005)1stedition,PP.249-250.

2. South Asia Human Rights Documentation Centre “Gender Justice”Introducing Human Rights,(NewDelhi:OxfordUniversityPress,2006)1st edition,P.156.

3. SeeSen,P.251

4. Aggarwal, H.O. “Vulnerable groups and human rights”Human Rights (Allahabad:CentralLawPublications,2007)10thedition,P.114.

5. Mahey,Sonia.“StatusofDalitwomeninIndia’scastesystem”(UniversityofAlberta:2000).

6. Bose,P.K.“State,Society and Politics” Political Sociology (NewDelhi:McMillanIndiaLtd.,2005)1stedition,PP.28-29.

93

7. Sharma, Sheetal. “Empoweringwomen through education: strategy forsustainable rural development” Kurukshetra (NewDelhi),Vol.56,No.3,January2008,PP.3-5.

8. Ibid.

9. “ViolenceandtheIndianWomen”Mirror,Herald (Panjim, Goa), March 9, 2013,P.17.

10. SeeAggarwal,H.O.,P.119.

11. Birla,Rajshree.“Morepowertowomen” Times of India (Mumbai), June, 2007

12. Ibid.

13. Paliwal,Deepak,andPaliwal,Rajesh.“Drudgeryamongwomeninruralhilly areas”. Kurukshetra(NewDelhi),Vol.56,No.3,January2008,P.25.

14. PIB,“Deficiencyofironamongwomen”Kurukshetra(NewDelhi),Vol.56,No.8,June2012,P.48.

15. Sen.,Simonti.P.262.

16. Onlinehttp://www.http://pmindia.nic.in/women reservation bill India.

94

The Personality Types of the Employees in Government and Private Sectors: A Study to Know the Personality Types of the Employees in Government and Private Sectors and the Reasons for Choosing the Government or Private Sectors RespectivelyPavithra. R1

AbstractThe present study was conducted to know the personality types of the employees in government and private sectors and the reasons for choosing the government or private sectors respectively. The study was conducted on a sample of 129 employees of which 76 are from various government organizations and 53 are from various private organizations. They were administered with the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) to know their personality types and an open ended questionnaire to know the reasons for their choice in the respective sectors. The scores were tabulated for the government and private sector employees under the four personality types as measured by MBTI and a Mann-Whitney U test was done for the employees belonging to each type. The statistical analysis was done. It was seen that the government and private employees belonging to a particular personality type were not two independent groups [z scores were equal for both the set of employees and were not significant at 0.01 or 0.05 level of significance: Sensing=1.29; Intuitive=0.98; Thinking=0.16; Feeling=0.041]. The reasons given out by the employees for selecting the private and the government sector were similar across the different personality types but the frequency of the reason being stated differed for each of the personality types.

Keywords:PersonalityTypes,Government,PrivateEmployees.

1.AssistantProfessor(Psychology),T.JohnCollege.

95

Introduction

Personality Types

Personality type refers to the psychological classification of different types of individuals. Personality types are sometimes distinguished from personality traits with the latter embodying a smaller grouping of behavioural tendencies. Types are sometimes said to involve qualitative differences between people whereas traits might be construed as quantitative differences. According to type theories, forexample,introvertsandextrovertsaretwofundamentallydifferentcategoriesofpeople.Accordingtotraittheories,introversionandextroversionarepartofa continuous dimension, with many people in the middle.

Effectivepersonalitytypologiesrevealandincreaseknowledgeandunderstandingof individuals, as opposed to diminishing knowledge and understanding as occurs inthecaseofstereotyping.Effectivetypologiesalsoallowforincreasedabilityto predict clinically relevant information about people and to develop effective treatment strategies.

Types vs. Traits

The term "type" has not been used consistently in Psychology and has become the sourceofsomeconfusion.Furthermore,becausepersonalitytestscoresusuallyfall on a bell curve rather than in distinct categories, personality type theories have received considerable criticism among psychometric researchers.Onestudy that directly compared a "type" instrument (the MBTI) to a "trait" instrument (theNEOPI)foundthatthetraitmeasurewasabetterpredictorofpersonalitydisorders. These problems have led to personality type theories that have fallen out of favour in Psychology. Many researchers now believe that it is impossible to explainthediversityofhumanpersonalitywithasmallnumberofdiscretetypes.They recommend trait models instead, such as the five factor model.

Type Theories• Anearlyformofpersonalitytypetheorywasthe‘FourTemperamentsSystem’

ofGalenbasedonthefourhumoursmodelofHippocratesanextended‘FiveTemperamentsSystem’basedontheclassicaltheorywaspublishedin1958.

• OneexampleofpersonalitytypesisTypeAandTypeBpersonalitytheory.According to this theory, impatient, achievement-oriented people are

96

classifiedasTypeA,whereaseasy-going,relaxedindividualsaredesignatedas Type B. The theory originally suggested that Type A individuals were more at risk for coronary heart disease but this claim has not been supported by empirical research.

• TherehasbeenastudytoprovethatpeoplewithTypeApersonalitiesaremore likely to develop personality disorders whereas Type B personalities are more likely to become alcoholics.

• DevelopmentalpsychologistJeromeKaganisaprominentcontemporaryadvocate of type theory. He suggests that shy, withdrawn children are best viewed as having an inhibited temperament, which is qualitatively different from other children.

• Asamatterofconvenience,trait theoristssometimesusetheterm"type"todescribesomeonewhoscoresexceptionallyhighorlowonaparticularpersonalitytrait.HansEysenckreferstosuperordinatepersonalityfactorsas types and more specific associated traits as traits.

• Several Pop Psychology theories (e.g.,Men are from Mars, Women are from Venus, the enneagram) rely on the idea of distinctively different types of people.

Carl Jung

OneofthemoreinfluentialideasoriginatedinthetheoreticalworkofCarlJungas published in the book Psychological Types. The original German language edition, "PsychologischeTypen",was firstpublishedbyRascherVerlag,Zurichin1921.TypologiessuchasSocionics,theMBTIassessment,andtheKeirseyTemperament Sorter have roots in Jungian philosophy.

Jung'sinterestintypologygrewfromhisdesiretoreconcilethetheoriesofSigmundFreudandAlfredAdlerandtodefinehowhisownperspectivedifferedfromtheirs.Jung wrote, "In attempting to answer this question, I came across the problem oftypesforitisone'spsychologicaltypewhichfromtheoutsetdeterminesandlimitsaperson'sjudgment."(Jung,[1961]1989:207)HeconcludedthatFreud'stheorywasextrovertedandAdler'sintroverted.(Jung,[1921]1971:par.91)Jungbecameconvinced thatacrimonybetween theAdlerianandFreudiancampswasduetothisunrecognizedexistenceofdifferentfundamentalpsychologicalattitudes, which led Jung "to conceive the two controversial theories of neurosis asmanifestationsofatype-antagonism."(Jung,1966:par.64)

97

Four Functions of ConsciousnessInthebook,Jungcategorizedpeopleintoprimarytypesofpsychologicalfunction.

Jungproposedtheexistenceoftwodichotomouspairsofcognitivefunctions:

• The"rational"(judging)functions:thinking and feeling• The"irrational"(perceiving)functions:sensing and intuition

Jungwentontosuggestthatthesefunctionsareexpressedineitheranintrovertedorextrovertedform.

Jungproposedfourmainfunctionsofconsciousness:

• Twoperceivingfunctions:SensationandIntuition

• Twojudgingfunctions:ThinkingandFeeling

According to Jung, the psyche is an apparatus for adaptation and orientation, and consists of a number of different psychic functions. Among these he distinguishes fourbasicfunctions:

• Sensation-perceptionbymeansofthesenseorgans.

• Intuition - perceiving in unconsciousway or perception of unconsciouscontents.

• Thinking - function of intellectual cognition and the forming of logicalconclusions.

• Feeling-functionofsubjectiveestimation.

Thinking and feeling functions are rational, while sensation and intuition are non-rational. According to Jung, rationality consists of figurative thoughts, feelings or actions with reason — a point of view based on objective value, which is setbypracticalexperience.Nonrationalityisnotbasedinreason.Jungnotesthat elementary facts are also non-rational, not because they are illogical but because, as thoughts, they are not judgments.

Attitudes:Extroversion(E)/Introversion(I)

Analytical Psychology distinguishes several psychological types or temperaments.

• Extravert (Jung's spelling, although some dictionaries prefer the variant "extrovert")

• Introvert

98

Extroversionmeans"outward-turning"andintroversionmeans"inward-turning."These specific definitions vary somewhat from the popular usage of the words.

Thepreferencesforextroversionandintroversionareoftencalledasattitudes. Eachofthecognitivefunctionscanoperateintheexternalworldofbehaviour,action, people, and things (extroverted attitude) or the internal world of ideas and reflection (introverted attitude).

Peoplewhopreferextroversiondrawenergyfromaction:theytendtoact,thenreflect, then act further. If they are inactive, their motivation tends to decline. To rebuild their energy, extroverts needbreaks from time spent in reflection.Conversely, those who prefer introversion expendenergythroughaction:theyprefer to reflect, then act, then reflect again. To rebuild their energy, introverts need quiet time alone, away from activity.

The extrovert's flow is directed outward toward people and objects, andthe introvert's is directed inward toward concepts and ideas. Contrastingcharacteristicsbetweenextrovertsandintrovertsincludethefollowing:

• Extrovertsareaction oriented while introverts are thought oriented.

• Extrovertsseekbreadth of knowledge and influence while introverts seek depth of knowledge and influence.

• Extrovertsoftenprefermorefrequent interaction while introverts prefer more substantial interaction.

• Extrovertsrechargeandgettheirenergyfromspendingtimewithpeople while introverts recharge and get their energy from spending time alone.

The functions aremodified by twomain attitude types: extroversion andintroversion. Inanyperson, thedegreeof introversionorextroversionofonefunction can be quite different from that of another function.

Functions:Sensing(S)/Intuition(N)andThinking(T)/Feeling(F)

Jungidentifiedtwopairsofpsychologicalfunctions:

• Thetwoperceiving functions, sensing and intuition.

• Thetwojudging functions, thinking and feeling.

99

Dominant Function

All four functions are used at different times depending on the circumstances. However, one of these four functions is generally used more dominantly and proficiently than the other three in a more conscious and confident way. This dominantfunctionissupportedbythesecondary(auxiliary)functionandtoalesserdegree the tertiary function. The fourth and least conscious function is always the opposite of the dominant function. Myers called this inferior function the shadow.

Jung'stypologicalmodelregardspsychologicaltypeassimilartoleftorrighthandedness:individualsareeitherbornwith,ordevelop,certainpreferredwaysof thinking and acting. These psychological differences are sorted into four oppositepairs,ordichotomieswitharesulting16possiblepsychologicaltypes.People tend to find using their opposite psychological preferences more difficult eveniftheycanbecomemoreproficient(andthereforebehaviourallyflexible)with practice and development.

Thefourfunctionsoperateinconjunctionwiththeattitudes(extroversionandintroversion).Eachfunctionisusedineitheranextrovertedorintrovertedway.Apersonwhosedominant function isextroverted intuition, forexample,usesintuition very differently from someone whose dominant function is introverted intuition.

Theeightpsychologicaltypesareasfollows:

• ExtrovertedSensation

• IntrovertedSensation

• ExtrovertedIntuition

• IntrovertedIntuition

• ExtrovertedThinking

• IntrovertedThinking

• ExtrovertedFeeling

• IntrovertedFeeling

The unconscious, inferior functions fail to develop imbalance results. In Psychological Types, Jung describes in detail the effects of tensions between the complexesassociatedwiththedominantandinferiordifferentiatingfunctionsinhighly one-sided individuals.

100

Vocation:A vocation (Latin vocātiō - a call, summons), is a term for an occupation to which a person is specially drawn or for which he or she is suited, trained, or qualified.Thoughnowoftenusedinnon-religiouscontexts,themeaningsoftheterm originated in Christianity.

The idea of vocation is central to the Christian belief that God has created each person with gifts and talents oriented toward specific purposes and a way of life.

Vocationalinterestsarepreferencespeoplehaveforactivitiesthatgowithdifferentvocations.So,forexample,ifyouenjoyoutdoorenvironmentsandnatureandmanual tasks you might be more suited to being a forester than an office worker.

Vocational TheoriesThere are several types of theories of vocational choice and development. These types include trait and factor theories, social cognitive theories and developmental theories. Two examples of trait and factor theories also known as person–environmentfitareHolland'sTheoryandTheoryofWorkAdjustment.Hollandhypothesizedsixvocationalpersonality/interesttypesandsixworkenvironmenttypes:realistic,investigative,artistic,social,enterprising,andconventional.Whenaperson'svocationalinterestsmatchhisorherworkenvironmenttypes,thisisconsidered congruence. Congruence has been found to predict occupation and college major. The Theory of Work Adjustment (TWA), as developed by Dawis andLofquist,hypothesizesthatthecorrespondencebetweenaworker'sneedsand the enforcer’s system predicts job satisfaction, and that the correspondence betweenaworker'sskillsandajob'sskillrequirementspredictsjobsatisfactoriness.Job satisfaction and satisfactoriness together should determine how long one remainsatajob.Whenthereisadiscrepancybetweenaworker'sneedsorskillsandthejob'sneedsorskillsthenchangeneedstooccureitherintheworkerorthe job environment.

Social Cognitive Career Theory (SCCT) has been proposed by Lent, Brown and Hackett.ThetheorytakesAlbertBandura'sworkonself-efficacyandexpandsitto interest development, choice making, and performance. Person variables in SCCTincludeself-efficacybeliefs,outcomeexpectationsandpersonalgoals.The model also includes demographics, ability, values, and environment. Efficacyandoutcomeexpectationsare theorized to interrelateand influenceinterest development, which in turn influences choice of goals, and then actions. Environmentalsupportsandbarriersalsoaffectgoalsandactions.Actionsleadto performance and choice stability over time.

101

Career development theories propose vocational models that include changes throughout the lifespan. Super'smodelproposesa lifelong five-stage careerdevelopment process. The stages are growth, exploration, establishment,maintenance, and disengagement. Throughout life, people have many roles thatmaydifferintermsofimportanceandmeaning.Supertheorizedthatthecareer development is an implementation of self-concept. Gottfredson proposed a cognitive career decision-making process that develops through the lifespan. Theinitialstageofcareerdevelopmentishypothesizedtobethedevelopmentof self-image in childhood as the range of possible roles narrow using criteria suchassex-type,socialclass,andprestige.Duringandafteradolescencepeopletake abstract concepts into consideration such as interests.

Holland Codes:

TheHollandCodesortheHollandOccupationalThemes(RIASEC)representaset of personality types described in a theory of careers and vocational choice formulatedbythelatepsychologistJohnL.Hollandbeginninginthe1950’s.Eachletterorcodestandsforaparticular"type":Realistic(Doers),Investigative(Thinkers), Artistic (Creators), Social (Helpers), Enterprising (Persuaders) andConventional(Organizers).

According to the Committee on Scientific Awards,Holland's research showsthatpersonalitiesseekoutandourishincareerenvironmentstheyfitandthatjobsandcareerenvironmentsareclassifiablebythepersonalitiesthatfiourishin them. Holland also wrote of his theory that the choice of a vocation is an expressionofpersonality.Furthermore,whileHollandsuggeststhatpeoplecanbecategorizedasoneofsixtypes,healsoarguesthatasix-categoryschemebuiltontheassumptionthatthereareonlysixkindsofpeopleintheworldisunacceptableonthestrengthofcommonsensealone.Butasixcategoryschemethatallowsasimpleorderingofaperson'sresemblancetoeachofthesixmodelsprovidesthepossibilityof720differentpersonalitypatterns.

Doers (Realistic)

Independent,stable,persistent,genuine,practical,andthrifty[...]tasksthataretactile,physical,athletic,ormechanical[...]beingoutdoors,usingtools,operatingmachines, interacting with animals, and working with their hands.

The examples are: Aerospace/ Astronaut, Agriculture, Anthropologist/Paleontology/Archaeologist, Astronomy, Carpenter, Construction, Computer

102

Engineering,Dentist/Orthodontist, Diving,Driver, Electrician,Housekeeper,Martial Arts,Military, PoliceOfficer, Plumber, Surgeon, Veterinarian/AnimalScience, Waiter/Waitress etcetera.

Thinkers (Investigative)They are intellectual, introspective, and inquisitive. They are also curious, methodical,rational,analytical,andlogical[...]scholarly,scientific,technical,ormedical[...]avidreaders.Theyliketosolveproblems,performexperiments,and conduct research.

The examples are: Computer Science/Information Technology, ComputerProgrammer,HigherEducation,Lawyer,Professor(allfields),Psychologist(Ph.D.), Psychiatrist (Medical School) etcetera.

Creators (Artistic)

They are creative, intuitive, sensitive, articulate, and expressive. They areunstructured, original, nonconforming and innovative. They rely on feelings, imagination and inspiration. They like to work with ideas, abstractions, and concepts. They are spontaneous and open-minded.

Theexamplesare:ArtSchools,Creativewriting/Poetry,FashionDesigner/HauteCouture etcetera.

Helpers (Social)

They are kind, generous, cooperative, patient, caring, helpful, empathetic, tactful,andfriendly.Theyexcelatsocializing,helpingothersandteaching.Theylike tasks that involve teamwork, social interaction, relationship building and improvement of society.

The examples are: Activist/CommunityOrganizer/Social Justice, AcademicAdvising,ChildCare/Babysitter, Education/Counseling,Nurse,Nutritionist,OccupationalTherapyetcetera.

Persuaders (Enterprising)

Theyareadventurous,ambitious,assertive,extroverted,energetic,enthusiastic,confident, and optimistic. They are dominant, persuasive, and motivational

103

[...]Theylike influencingothers,beingincharge, takingrisks,debating,andcompeting.

Theexamplesare:Activist,AdministrativeAssistant,Business/MBA,Buyer,Debate/Forensics,Economics,Entrepreneur,EventPlanning,HumanResources,Politics,Public Administration, Recruiter, Secretary, Telemarketing etcetera.

Organizers (Conventional):

They are conscientious and conservative. They are logical, efficient, orderly, and organized.Theyare thoroughanddetail-oriented.They valueprecisionandaccuracy. They are reliable. They enjoy practical tasks, quantitative measurements and structured environments. They follow the rules.

Theexamplesare:Accounting/Taxadvisor,Auditor,Banking,BankTeller,Cashier,Clerk,Customer Service, Financial Analyst, Insurance,Management,OfficeManager, Receptionist, Statistics etcetera.

Strong Interest Inventory

The Strong Interest Inventory (SII) is an interest inventory used in career assessment. Thegoalof thisassessment is togive insight intoaperson's interestsso thatthey may have less difficulty in deciding on an appropriate career choice for themselves. It is also frequently used for educational guidance as one of the most popular career assessment tools. The test was developed in 1927 bypsychologistK.Strong,Jr.tohelppeopleexitingthemilitaryfindsuitablejobs.It was revised later by Jo-Ida Hansen and David Campbell. The modern version is based on the typology (Holland Codes) of psychologist John L. Holland. The newlyrevisedinventoryconsistsof291items,eachofwhichasksyoutoindicateyour preference from five responses. It is an assessment of interests and not to be confused with personality assessment or aptitude test.

The testcan typicallybe taken in25minutesafterwhich theresultsmustbescored by computer. After scoring, an individual can then view how their personal interests compare with the interests of people in a specific career field. Access to the comparison database and interpretation of the results usually incurs a fee. Strong Interest Inventory is a registered trademark of CPP, Inc. of Mountain View,California.

104

Theresultsinclude:

1. ScoresonthelevelofinterestoneachofthesixHollandCodesorGeneral Occupational Themes.

2. Scoreson30BasicInterestScales(e.g.art,scienceandpublicspeaking)

3. Scoreson244OccupationalScaleswhichindicatethesimilaritybetweentherespondent'sinterestsandthoseofpeopleworkingineachofthe122occupations.

4. Scoreson5PersonalStyleScales(learning,working,leadership,risk-takingand team orientation).

5. Scoreson3AdministrativeScalesused to identify testerrorsorunusualprofiles.

Strong-Campbell Interest Inventory:

Strong-Campbell Interest Inventory (also known as SCII or Strong-Campbell) is a test instrument in career counseling used to reveal career preferences according to interests of individuals within those careers. The instrument has a strong database and gives a wide variety of careers to consider but without regard to a person'sspecificpersonalitytype.Thetestutilizesthetypology(HollandCodes)of psychologist John L. Holland.

The Strong-Campbell Interest Inventory is named after the American psychologists EdwardK.StrongJr.andDavidP.CampbellandincludestheStrongInterestInventorywhichwasoriginallydevelopedin1927byStrong.

The individuals belonging to a particular personality type prefer doing the work which supports their interest patterns. Their interest patterns might be influenced by their personality type which is subjective. The vocational interest patterns might be a result of their environment. The vocational interest pattern of the individuals is a result of their personality type. As implied from the Holland’s study, the personalities seek out and flourish in the career environments they fit and that job and career environments are classifiable by the personalities that flourish inthem.Thechoiceofvocationisanexpressionofpersonality.Thus,itcanbesaid that the individuals consciously choose their career path by looking into the positive/beneficial factors as well as the negative/disadvantageous factors as perceived by their personality. The choice of getting into a highly decorated private sector or the securely pleasant government sector is dependent on the personality. The individuals belonging to private and the government sectors

105

would have their own reasons for joining the sector. The reasons would have played an important role in their decision to join that sector. They would have gauged the pros and cons of each sector before choosing the vocation in these twosectors.Evenasbeingtheemployeesundervariousgovernmentandprivateorganizationstheyhavetheperceptionofthepositiveandnegativereasonsofeach other’s sectors. The reasons might be similar but the emphasis on particular reasons might be dominant in each personality types. The reasons given by the employees belonging to each type of personality can be linked to their personality characteristics. Hence, the attempt has been made to know the personality types of the employees working in the government and the private sectors and the reasons for their choice in their respective sectors.

Methodology

Sample:

Thestudywasconductedonasampleof129employeesofwhich76arefromvariousgovernmentorganizationsand53arefromvariousprivateorganizations.The sample was collected using the convenient sampling method. The employees fromvariousorganizationsundergovernmentandprivatesectorswerechosenwithoutanyrestrictionsinage,sex,experience,andmaritalstatus.

Tools Used:

1. Myer’s-Briggs type indicator (MBTI) questionnaire (modified version) was usedinthestudywhichhas20questionsinitmeasuringthefourpersonalitytypes-Sensing,Intuiting,ThinkingandFeeling.

2. An open ended questionnaire was prepared to know the reasons for the employeeschoosingthegovernmentandprivatesectorswhichincludes11questions dealing with the positive and negative factors in the government and private sectors. The questions were prepared by keeping in mind the general outlook of each of the two sectors.

Analysis of the Study:

The obtained scores on the MBTI for an employee shows four different scores init:Onescorewhichishigherthantheotherthreescoresisthedominanttypein him and he belongs to that personality type. The employees belonging to the four different personality types are tabulated according to their types. The employees under government and private sectors are collectively tabulated under thepersonalitytypesandaMann-WhitneyUtestisdonetocheckwhetherthey

106

areindependentofeachother.Thisisdoneforallthe4personalitytypes.Thereasons given out by the employees for selecting the sector are compiled and its frequency is noted for each personality types and it is compared between the privateandgovernmentsectoremployees.Fromtheobtainedinferences,theconclusions are made.

Results and Discussions

The aim of the study is to know the personality types of the employees in government and private sectors and the reasons for choosing the government orprivatesectorsrespectively.Thestudywasconductedonasampleof129employees ofwhich 76 are from various government organizations and53arefromvariousprivateorganizations.TheywereadministeredwittheMyers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) to know their personality type and an open ended questionnaire to know the reasons for their choice in the respective sectors.

Table 1: Showing the scores of the employees who have scored high on the sensing type of the MBTI.

Government Private35 27

29 27

27 28

33 29

28 29

29 32

26 30

26 28

42 31

30 31

31 30

33 28

30 26

32 32

31 28

32 29

32 29

30 30

107

27 27

28 27

29

30

26

32

28

29

28

30

28

28

31

33

30

30

29

27

N=36 N=20

z=1.29

Table 1 shows the scores of the employees who have scored high on the sensing type of the MBTI. The scores of these individuals indicate that they are more likely to trust information that is present, tangible, and concrete, that is, the information that can be understood by the five senses. They tend to distrust hunches. They prefertolookfordetailsandfacts.AMann-WhitneyUtestisdonetofindoutwhether the two samples, that is, government employees and private employees are independentof eachotherunder the sensing typeofMBTI. The z scoreobtainedunderboththesampleswas1.29whichisequalandisnotsignificantat0.05or0.01levelsofsignificancesuggestingthatthereisnodifferenceamongthe samples and they are not two independent groups.

The sensing individuals working in the government sector reason out that it is the job security which is the most important reason for them to choose the government sector. They like the easy working environment, which has less pressure regarding theworkaccomplishment,fixedtimingsforwork,timelypay,statuslinkedtoit,

108

loads of personal time which is available which in turn facilitates the interaction with public at workplace. The sensing individuals working in private sectors perceive that it is the job security and the easy working environment which makes themfeelitasthefactorforchoosingthegovernmentorganizationwhichisthesamereasonemphasizedbythesensingindividualsunderthegovernmentsector.

The private sector employees who are of sensing type say that it is the growth whichisevidentinprivateorganizationbecauseoftheabundantopportunitiesatworkandtheexposuretheygetasthemainreasonforchoosingtheprivatesector. They point out that the flexibility at work, scope for one’s idea, paypackages, challenging work, job rotation, recognition, job satisfaction, creativity development, goal oriented behavior and travel opportunities are the reasons for their choice. The sensing individuals under government sector perceive that it is the better pay package which is the main reason for the individuals choosing a career in private sector. They think that it is the work environment, recognition, opportunities for growth, learning, encouragement for one’s abilities, talent and work satisfaction as the factors for choosing a career in private sector.

The sensing individuals under private and government sector believe that there is indifference towards the performer and non performer, less opportunity for growth ifworkinginagovernmentorganization.Theysaythatthereismonotonouswork,less salary, frequent transfer, undue pressure from politicians and corruption is presentatalllevelsofthegovernmentorganization.

The sensing individuals under private and government sectors perceive the job insecurity as the most important factor under the negative factors prevalent in the private sector. The competition is high resulting in high pressure to meet the targets creating a stressful environment causing health problems. They feel that theorganizationexploitsitsemployees.Thereislesstimeforpersonalworkifworkingwithaprivateorganizationaccordingtothesensingindividuals.

Table 2 showing the scores of the employees who have scored high on the intuitive type of the MBTI.


28 30

27 28

27 26

29 28

109

26 27

28

32

28

27

28

29

N=12 N=6

Z=0.98

Table 2 shows the scores of the employees who have scored high on the intuitive type of the MBTI. The scores of these individuals indicate that they tend to trust information that is more abstract or theoretical that can be associated with other information (either rememberedordiscoveredby seekingawidercontextorpattern). They may be more interested in future possibilities. They tend to trust those flashes of insight that seem to bubble up from the unconscious mind. The meaningisinhowthedatarelatestothepatternortheory.AMann-WhitneyUtest is done to find out whether the two samples, that is, government employees and private employees are independent of each other under the intuitive type ofMBTI.Thezscoreobtainedunderboththesampleswas0.98whichisequalandisnotsignificantat0.05or0.01levelsofsignificancesuggestingthatthereis no difference among the samples and they are not two independent groups.

The intuitive individualsworking in thegovernment sector emphasizeon thejob security as the primary reason for choosing this sector along with the status, guaranteed income, free time which is involved in government sector. The individuals who score high on intuitive type in the private sector perceive that the security of the job, availability of leaves and lack of pressure being the factors favourable in a government sector.

The intuitive individuals working under both the sectors reason out that it is the salary and incentives which makes the private sector better along with opportunities forgrowth,betterexposureintermsofwork,recognitionforworkdone,travelopportunities. However, the intuitive types in government sector perceive that there is better motivation and less transfers in private sector unlike theirs.

The intuitive individuals feel that the lack of time sense, lack of urgency is the main negative factor of working in the government sector. The individuals under both groups feel that the opportunities are less for growth and work is monotonous

110

leading to stagnation of career. There is corruption present with insincerity of the employees towards work causing a decreased efficiency at work.

The intuitive type of employees in the government and the private sectors find job insecurity and work pressure as the negative factors in the private sector leading to various health issues. However, the intuitive individuals under government sectoralsoperceivethatthereisnofixedtimingofworkintheprivatesector,people are work centered and materialistic and creating tension for themselves by setting targets in short time.

Table 3 showing the scores of the employees who have scored high on the thinking type of the MBTI.


29 32

30 28

36 32

28 29

36 34

30 29

30 30

31 32

30 31

30 31

28 29

40 37

30 28

28 28

31 26

32 30

26 34

39 31

30 31

27 32

28 29

111

28 32

34 35

38 35

31 27

32

27

N=26 N=28

Z=0.16

Table3showsthescoresoftheemployeeswhohavescoredhighonthethinkingtype of the MBTI. The scores of these individuals indicate that they tend to decide things from a more detached standpoint as well as measuring the decision by what seems reasonable, logical, causal, consistent and matching a given set of rules.AMann-WhitneyUtestisdonetofindoutwhetherthetwosamples,thatis, government employees and private employees are independent of each other underthethinkingtypeofMBTI.Thezscoreobtainedunderboththesampleswas0.16whichisequalandisnotsignificantat0.05or0.01levelsofsignificancesuggesting that there is no difference among the samples and they are not two independent groups.

The thinking individuals under private and government sectors are similar in their reason of job security for choosing the government sector. The individuals ofthinkingtypeundergovernmentsectoralsoemphasizeontheleavebenefits,lessworkpressure,statusinsociety,residentialfacilitiesandfixedworktimingasthe factors influencing them to work under the government sector. The individuals of thinking type under private sector perceive that it is the pension or retirement benefits which can also be a reason for choosing a government sector. They also believe that the leave policies, less pressure and status are reasons for choosing a government job.

Thethinkingindividualsunderprivatesectoremphasizeonthebettersalarywithpromotions based on abilities, abundant opportunities, challenging and creative workenvironment, lessbureaucracy,moreorganizedintermsofworkasthefactors for choosing the private sector which is similarly perceived by the thinking type under the government sector. However, the thinking type individuals under private sector believe that they learn better business ethics, have a youthful work environment, high standard of living and a systematic approach which made them to choose the private sector.

112

The negative reasons given out by the thinking individuals working under the government sector is led by the low salary package, lack of involvement in work, no recognition, delay in promotions, castiesm, lack of motivation, transfers and no scopeforexpressionofone’sabilitiesandskills.Thethinkingtypeunderprivatesector agree with the pay, less recognition, less promotional opportunities, and the reasons mentioned above. They also perceive that there is no honesty and sincerity among the individuals working in the government sector.

The negative reasons for working in the private sector given by the thinking individuals in the private sector and government sector are job insecurity, high work pressure, no timings for work, high stress, increased risk of health issues, no pension, harassment of women, less leave benefits, time oriented tasks. The thinking individuals under private sector believe that groupism and jealousy to be the negative factor influencing the work in the private sector.

Table 4 showing the scores of the employees who have scored high on the feeling type of the MBTI.


34 27

30 28

30 30

26 26

29 33

14 26

26 30

28

28

27

N=11 N=8

Z=0.041

Table 4 shows the scores of the employees who have scored high on the feeling type of the MBTI.

The scores of these individuals indicate that they tend to come to decisions by associatingorempathizingwiththesituation,lookingatit'fromtheinside'and

113

weighing the situation to achieve, on balance, the greatest harmony, consensus andfit,consideringtheneedsofthepeopleinvolved.AMann-WhitneyUtestis done to find out whether the two samples, that is, government employees and private employees are independent of each other under the feeling type of MBTI.Thezscoreobtainedunderboththesampleswas0.041whichisequalandisnotsignificantat0.05or0.01levelsofsignificancesuggestingthatthereis no difference among the samples and they are not two independent groups.

The feeling type of individuals working in the government and the private sectors find the positive factors of choosing the government sector similarly. They lay stress on the permanent job, job security, working environment, leave policies, pensions, quarter’s facility, stipulated work hours, and government holidays.

Thefeelingtypeindividualsintheprivatesectoremphasizeonthegoodpayasthe positive factor for choosing the private sector. They also believe that there isquickgrowthinthecareer,recognitionforthecreativeindividuals,exposureto learning environment and enjoyment in the private sector. The feeling type of individuals in the government sector perceive that there is a growth in career based on the productivity, discipline and a better work culture is present in the private sector.

The feeling type of individuals in the private and government sectors are similar in their negative reasons for choosing the government sector. They believe that there are less promotional opportunities, less salary, monotonous work, employees who have an easy going nature towards work, transfers, corruption, less competition and political interference.

The feeling individuals under private and government sectors feel that job insecurity is the negative factor in choosing the private sector. The amount of workstress,healthissuesismoreinprivatesector.Fewerholidays,bureaucracyis present in the private sector.

Conclusions:1. There is no difference in the personality types of the employees working

under the government and private sectors.

2. The employees of sensing type, intuitive type, thinking type and feeling type under the government and private sectors are not two independent groups.

3. The reasons given by the employees for selecting the private and the government sector were similar across the different personality types but

114

the frequency of the reason being stated differed for each of the personality types.

4. The different personality types of employees under government and private sectors are similar in their reason of high salary, faster growth, personal development and better work environment for choosing the private sector and the reason of job security, less work pressure and retirement benefits for choosing the government sector.

Summary and Conclusion

Personality type refers to the psychological classification of different types of individuals. Effective personality typologies reveal and increase knowledgeand understanding of individuals, as opposed to diminishing knowledge and understandingasoccurs in thecaseofstereotyping.Effective typologiesalsoallow for increased ability to predict clinically relevant information about people and to develop effective treatment strategies.

A vocation is a term for an occupation to which a person is specially drawn or for which he or she is suited, trained, or qualified.

Vocational interests are preferences people have for activities that go with different vocations.Soforexampleifyouenjoyoutdoorenvironments,natureandmanualtasks you might be more suited to being a forester than an office worker.

The present study was conducted to know the personality types of the employees in government and private sectors and the reasons for choosing the government orprivatesectorsrespectively.Thestudywasconductedonasampleof129employeesofwhich76werefromvariousgovernmentorganizationsand53werefromvariousprivateorganizations.TheywereadministeredtheMyers-BriggsTypeIndicator (MBTI) to know their personality type and an open ended questionnaire toknowthereasonsfortheirchoiceintherespectivesectors.Fromtheobtainedresults it was seen that the government and private employees belonging to a particular personality type were not two independent groups. The reasons given out by the employees for selecting the private and the government sector were similar across the different personality types but the frequency of the reason being stated differed for each of the personality types. The different personality types of employees under government and private sectors were similar in their reason of high salary, faster growth, personal development and better work environment for choosing the private sector and the reason of job security, less work pressure and retirement benefits for choosing the government sector.

115

Applications of the Study:1. The reasons given out by the employees can be used as an “eye-opener”

for both the sectors which can improvise on the loop holes in their sectors and provide a better environment for the employees.

2. The personality type of the employees provides a better understanding of theemployeesbytheorganization.

3. The needs of the employees are understood and this helps in the retention of the employees.

4. The changes brought in by knowing the personality type and their reasons emphasizedforabetterworkenvironmentcanincreasetheworkproductivityand job satisfaction.

References1. Bernstein,Penner,Clarke-Stewart,&Roy.(2008).Psychology,8thedition.

Boston,MA:HoughtonMifflinCompany.

2. TottonandJacobs.(2001).CharacterandPersonalityTypes.Philadelphia,PA:OpenUniversityPress.

3. Bess,T.L.,&Harvey,R.J.(2001).BimodalscoredistributionsandtheMBTI:Factorartifact?Paperpresentedatthe2001AnnualConferenceoftheSocietyforIndustrialandOrganizationalPsychology,SanDiego,USA.

4. Furnham,A.,&Crump,J.(2005).PersonalityTraits,Types,andDisorders:AnExaminationoftheRelationshipbetweenThreeSelf-ReportMeasures.EuropeanJournalofPersonality,19,167-184.

5. Asendorpf,J.B.(2003).Head-to-headcomparisonofthepredictivevalidityofpersonalitytypesanddimensions.EuropeanJournalofPersonality,17,327–346.

6. Pittenger,D. J. (2004). The limitations of extracting typologies from traitmeasuresofpersonality.PersonalityandIndividualDifferences,37,779–787.

7. McCrae,R.R.,Terracciano,A.,Costa,P.T.,&Ozer,D.J.(2006).Person-factorsintheCaliforniaadultQ-set:Closingthedooronpersonalitytypes?EuropeanJournalofPersonality,20,29-44.

8. Bates,K.L.(2006).TypeApersonalitynotlinkedtoheartdisease".Retrieved2006-11-05.

116

9. Bottlender,Miriam,Preuss,U.,&SoykaM.(2006)."AssociationofpersonalitydisorderswithTypeAandTypeBalcoholics."EuropeanArchivesofPsychiatryandClinicalNeuroscience256(1):55–61.DOI:10.1007/s00406-005-0601-y.PMID09401334.Retrieved21February2012.

10. Kagan,J.(1994).Galen'sProphecy:TemperamentinHumanNature.NewYork:BasicBooks.

11. Jung,Carl.(1976).Campbell,Joseph.ed.ThePortableJung.NewYork,NY:PenguinBooks.pp.178.

12. Myers, Isabel Briggswith Peter B.Myers. (1980,1995).GiftsDiffering:Understanding Personality Type. Mountain View, CA: Davies-BlackPublishing.pp.xi–xii.ISBN0-89106-074-X.

13. Keirsey, David. (May 1, 1998) [1978]. Please Understand Me II:Temperament,Character, Intelligence(1stEd.ed.).PrometheusNemesisBookCo.pp.3.ISBN1-885705-02-6.

14. Myers, Isabel Briggswith Peter B.Myers. (1980,1995).GiftsDiffering:Understanding Personality Type. Mountain View, CA: Davies-BlackPublishing.ISBN0-89106-074-X.

15. Jung,C.G.,PsychologicalTypes(TheCollectedWorksofC.G.Jung,Vol.6),ISBN

16. Zeisset, Carolyn. (2006). The Art of Dialogue: Exploring PersonalityDifferencesforMoreEffectiveCommunication.Gainesville,FL:CenterforApplicationsofPsychologicalType,Inc.p.13.ISBN0-935652-77-9.

17. Tieger,PaulD.,&BarbaraBarron-Tieger.(1999).TheArtofSpeedReadingPeople.NewYork,NY:Little,BrownandCompany.pp.66.ISBN978-0-316-84518-2.

18. UniversityofKansas,[http://www.assignmenthelps.comCareerAssessments&Tests].CounselingandPsychologicalServiceswebpage.

19. EffectsofStrongInterestInventoryFeedbackonCareerBeliefs.Day,MichaelAndrew;Luzzo,DarrelInterestInventory-GaleEncyclopediaofPsychology,2nded.GaleGroup,2001

20. Anthony.Researchreport,1997.

21. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/0191886988900256

22. http://psycnet.apa.org/journals/apl/69/3/390/

117

23. http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1744-6570.2003.tb00143.x/abstract

24. http://jca.sagepub.com/content/7/3/249.short

25. http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.2044-8325.1996.tb00614.x/abstract

26. RiegelHell,Slocum,Woodman,“OrganizationalBehavior”,7thedition,WestPublishingCompany,Minneapolis/St.PaulNewYork,LosAngeles,SanFrancisco

Appendices

Personal information:

INITIALS :

GENDER :

AGE :

SECTOR: (PVT./GOVT.) :

ORGANISATION :

ExPERIENCE :

Myer’s-Briggs type indicator (MBTI) questionnaire

Distributethetotal5pointsbetweena&bbasedonthedegreetowhicheachis characteristic of you.

1. Areyoumore a - Pragmatic ( )

b - Idealistic ( )

2. Areyoumoreimpressedby a - Standards ( )

b - Sentiments ( )

3. Areyoumoreinterestedinthatwhich a - Convinces you by facts ( )

b-Emotionallymoves()

4. Itsworsetobe a - Impractical ( )

b - Having a boring routine ( )

118

5. Areyoumoreattractedto a - A person with good common sense ( )

b - A creative person ( )

6. Injudgingothersareyoumoreswayed by a - The rules ( )

b - The situation ( )

7. Areyoumoreinterestedin a - What has happened ( )

b - What can happen ( )

8. Doyoumoreoftenhave a - Presence of mind ( )

b - Warm emotions ( )

9. Are you more frequently a - A realistic sort of person ( )

b - An imaginative person ( )

10. Areyoumore a-Faithful()

b - Logical ( )

11. Areyoumore a - Action oriented ( )

b - Creation oriented ( )

12. Whichguidesyoumore a-Yourbrain()

b-Yourheart()

13. Doyoutakeprideinyour a - Realistic outlook ( )

b - Imaginative ability ( )

14. Which ismoreof a personalcompliment a-Youareconsistentinyourreasoning()

b-Youareconsiderateofothers()

15. Areyoudrawnto a - Basics ( )

b - Implications ( )

16. Isitbettertobe a-Fair()

b - Sentimental ( )

17. Wouldyouratherspendtimewith a - Realistic people ( )

b - Imaginative people ( )

18. Wouldyoudescribeyourselfas a - Hard ( )

b - Soft ( )

19. Wouldyourfriendssaythatyouare a - Someone who is filled with new ideas ( )

b - Someone who is a realist ( )

119

20. Itisbettertobecalledapersonwho shows a-Feelings()

b - Reasonable consistency ( )

135791113151719Total:

2468101214161820Total:

A A

B B

Open Ended Questionnaire:1. Areyouworkingforaprivateoragovernmentorganization?

2. Were you aware of the nature of work and the working conditions of your organizationbeforeyoujoined?

3. After joining the department/job how much of your knowledge about the organizationwasfoundtobeagreeingwithyouropinion?

4. What are the positive or beneficial factors of an employee working for a privateorganization?

120

5. What are the positive or beneficial factors of an employee working for a governmentorganization?

6. What are the negative factors for an employee working in a private organization?

7. What are the negative factors for an employee working in a government organization?

8. Howcouldtheefficiencyofaprivateorganizationbeenhanced?

9. Howcouldtheefficiencyofagovernmentorganizationbeenhanced?

10. Doyoubelievethattoworkinaprivateorganizationapersonshouldhavecertain qualities? If yes, what are they?

121

11.Doyoubelievethattoworkinagovernmentorganizationapersonshouldhave certain qualities? If yes, what are they?

Master Sheet: Government Employees

Sl. No. Initials Gender Age Orgs’n Exp. Sensing Intuitive Thinking Feeling

1 arb M 29 BWSSB 4 35 15 30 20

2 ng M 25 Can Bank 32 18 33 17

3 ls M 23 Can Bank 0.9 29 21 29 21

4 ms M 30 Admin.Off. 4 15 35 17 33

5 bsc M 34 BWSSB 6 25 25 30 20

6 cs M 35 7 22 28 22 28

7 kas F 60 PostOffice 30 30 20 36 14

8 mc M 26 Can Bank 1.5 27 23 16 34

9 rs M 24 Can Bank 0.8 24 26 20 30

10 ce F 48 Can Bank 27 27 23 26 24

11 bsa M 58 Can Bank 36 33 17 21 29

12 bcs F 28 College 1 28 22 28 22

13 ab F 26Research Org. 3 23 27 26 24

14 ssa F 30 College 4 26 24 20 30

15 ke M 38 Can Bank 17 29 21 36 14

16 mrr M 57 Can Bank 34 29 21 25 25

17 ss M 56 Can Bank 31 26 24 25 25

18 pcm M 55 Can Bank 32 28 22 30 20

19 vsr M 45 Can Bank 24 27 23 30 20

20 ajs M 55 Can Bank 32 29 21 31 19

21 a M 50 Can Bank 30 25 25 24 26

22 nr F 49 Can Bank 28 26 24 25 25

23 ps M 54 Can Bank 34 42 8 41 9

24 nca F 26 BHELISG 1 26 24 30 20

25 vk M 59 Railways 35 30 20 28 23

122

26 yr M 22 BHELISG 1 31 19 27 23

27 ksm M 49 BHELISG 26 25 25 21 29

28 dr M 47 BHELISG 30 33 17 31 19

29 sr M 29 BHELISG 5 30 20 21 29

30 al M 25 BHELISG 2 4 11 11 14

31 rhh M 23 BHELISG 32 18 28 22

32 g M 23 BHELISG 31 19 27 23

33 kvrr M 28 BHELISG 3 32 18 28 22

34 v M 58 BHELISG 34 32 18 30 20

35 kmr M 55 BHELISG 30 29 16 30 20

36 av M 53 BHELISG 30 30 20 25 25

37 cs M 30 BHELISG 1 26 24 28 22

38 kmb M 59 BHELISG 35 37 13 40 10

39 r F 52 Can Bank 31 27 23 26 24

40 mvb M 57 Can Bank 34 30 20 30 20

41 hss M 57 Can Bank 35 23 27 25 25

42 ak M 32 Can Bank 2.5 28 22 28 22

43 mp F 41 Can Bank 11 28 22 31 19

44 ss M 56 Can Bank 35 29 21 28 22

45 rn M 52 Can Bank 31 30 20 26 24

46 b M 50 Can Bank 25 26 24 24 26

47 vv M 28 Can Bank 2.5 32 18 21 29

48 ssu M 53 Can Bank 16 28 22 24 26

49 nbv F 35 Can Bank 7 28 22 32 18

50 vm F 53 RBI 29 29 21 26 24

51 vsm M 55 Can Bank 28 21 29 26 24

52 sbs F 45 Can Bank 22 24 26 26 24

53 hsr M 50 Can Bank 27 35 15 39 11

54 ash M 28 Can Bank 8 28 22 26 24

55 im M 54 Can Bank 32 30 20 21 29

56 kha M 45City Civil Court 25 28 22 22 28

57 rg F 37 BWSSB 4 28 22 22 28

58 pal F 29 BWSSB 0.1 31 19 27 23

123

59 ms M 25 BWSSB 6.3 28 22 30 20

60 ks M 28 BWSSB 6 25 25 27 23

61 amvr M 28 BWSSB 0.2 22 28 28 22

62 al M 37 BWSSB 5 18 32 27 23

63 p F 21 BWSSB 0.1 25 25 23 27

64 sal M 32 BWSSB 1 25 25 28 22

65 ms M 27 BWSSB 1.3 30 20 34 16

66 ks M 28 BWSSB 1.2 22 28 24 26

67 tkk M 27 BWSSB 1.7 33 17 28 22

68 rp M 29 BWSSB 2 23 27 38 12

69 vkpb M 26 BWSSB 1 23 27 24 26

70 rm F 28 BWSSB 1 30 20 25 25

71 bs F 25 BWSSB 1 30 20 24 26

72 r F 24 BWSSB 6 22 28 24 26

73 j M 30 BWSSB 7.5 21 29 31 19

74 mr M 43 Can Bank 23 29 21 28 22

75 prk F 47 Can Bank 28 27 23 26 24

76 ssd F 24 Can Bank 0.6 21 29 24 26

77

Master Sheet: Private Employees

Sl. No. Initials Gender Age Orgs’n Exp. Sensing Intuitive Thinking Feeling1 M 23 SSgA 24 26 25 25

2 F 32 8 27 23 27 23

3 F 28 4 25 25 23 27

4 M 28 7 27 23 32 18

5 M 29 6 27 23 23 27

6 F 28 22 28 22

7 sm M 29 21 25 25

8 pe M 27 5.7 29 21 27 23

9 ms F 24 3 32 18 23 27

10 d M 26 SSgA 1.5 29 21 32 18

11 n M 26 SSgA 3 26 24 29 21

124

12 nss F 25 PCS Ltd. 2 30 20 34 16

13 ss M 23FerrgalTech 1 27 23 29 21

14 F 23 0.1 30 20 30 20

15 k M 25 TCS 2.3 29 21 32 18

16 28 22 27 23

17 pe M 24 TCS 2.1 26 24 31 19

18 kc F 23 TCS 2 31 19 31 19

19 s F TCS 4 20 30 24 26

20 jp M 24 TCS 4 28 22 29 21

21 M 26 TCS 4.5 31 19 27 23

22 lg F 25 TCS 2.5 29 21 37 13

23 lr F 30 TCS 6 23 27 28 22

24 F 26 TCS 3.6 24 26 28 22

25 be F 25 TCS 3.5 30 20 27 23

26 sr F 28 TCS 5 28 22 25 25

27 nvc F 23 TCS 2 26 24 26 24

28 ma M 28 TCS 3 28 2 30 21

29 vn M 26 TCS 2 27 23 22 28

30 dp F 24 TCS 3.6 28 22 20 30

31 bs F 23 TCS 0.6 25 25 24 26

32 cm F 25 32 18 27 23

33 mp M 29Northern

Trust 3 27 23 34 16

34 ku F 23 NT 0.2 28 22 27 23

35 ds F 20 NT 29 21 28 22

36 sb M 24 NT 0.1 30 20 31 19

37 md M 25 NT 0.2 29 21 28 22

38 gp M 20 NT 0.2 30 20 27 23

39 n M 24 NT 0.6 26 24 31 19

40 25 25 32 18

41 pg F 20 NT 0.1 27 23 17 33

42 ap M 23 NT 2 24 26 29 21

43 h F 22 NT 0.8 22 28 26 24

125

44 ts M 21 NT 1.1 31 19 32 18

45 kd F 28 NT 3.9 24 26 24 26

46 ad M 22 NT 1.3 24 26 20 30

47 at M 24 AITPL 1 31 19 35 15

48 ar M 27 AITPL 5 33 17 35 15

49 ssp M 24 AITPL 1 22 28 23 27

50 rv f 22 HIL 0.6 27 23 24 26

51 vln M 24 AITPL 1 23 27 27 23

52 nk M 26 ITIL 2 31 19 32 18

53 ssa F 25 College 1 27 23 27 23

126

The Interlock Model for Sustainable Economic Development – the Learning from Kerala and Gujarat Development StoriesGopan G.S.1

AbstractThe research paper attempts to study the interlock model for sustainable economic development by comparing and contrasting the two models of development, that is, of Kerala and Gujarat. The paper studies this topic keeping in mind the socio-economic problems and perils faced by India, development and economic growth are seen as a panacea to all these problems. Both the models have churned out many developmental expositions to their credits and hence may seem to portray a protracted defence of the underlying ideologies. The scope of this paper is not to be a soothsayer for these models nor cynically identify and analyse the weakness in these models but to develop a simple model integrating the approach of the two success stories.

Keywords: Interlock Model of Sustainable Development, Kerala Model of Development, Gujarat Model of Development, Socio-economic Problems,Development,EconomicGrowth.

Introduction

“India is not, as people keep calling it, an underdeveloped country, but rather, in the context of its history and cultural heritage, a highly developed one in an advanced state of decay.”

-Shashi Tharoor

1. HoD&AssistantProfessor,DepartmentofManagementStudies,T.JohnCollege.

127

TheabovestatementmaynotbeasweethearkeningforanexalterofIndia’slatest development story. There is no denying the fact that India has progressed in leaps and bounds in the last few decades. But when seen from the background of India’s glorious heritage these achievements may seem to lose their sheen. The country is making an arduous effort to regain its past glory and be the growth engine of the world. Development and economic growth is seen as a panacea to root out the many socio-economic troubles and perils which dot the country.

It is argued well enough that social and cultural development has to go hand in hand with economic development. But it is hard enough a task to make these twoseeminglyparadoxicalconceptstowalkandworktogether.Agoodwayofexpressingthisthoughtistheperceivedconflictbetweengoodeconomicsandgood politics. We had many leaders who could make this seemingly difficult task work well. Maintaining a developmental model for a long duration and making it work calls for strong economic sense and political will. We may have to look at many sources and stories for inspiration to make it happen.

The effort in this paper is to analyse two developmental stories. These stories are deciphered not only by their geographical distance but also in their ideological dimensions - The Kerala Model of Development vs. the Gujarat Model of Development.Boththemodelshavechurnedoutmanydevelopmentalexpositionsto their credits and hence may seem to portray a protracted defence of the underlying ideologies. The purpose of this paper is not to be a soothsayer for these models nor cynically identify and analyse the weakness in these models but to develop a simple model integrating the approach of the two success stories.

1. Kerala Model of Development

1.1 Kerala - A Look Back

The state of Kerala has played a significant role in the socio-economic history of India and the world. Kerala has a unique geographical location. Though moved awayfromthevastplainsofNorthIndia,theproximitytotheArabianSeaopenedupavastopendoorforEuropeansandothernavalpowerstosteptheirfootonthis land. The search of these powers for a sea route to the eastern world and theconsequentiallandingofVasCoDaGamainKeralaledtothearrivaloftheEuropeanpowersinIndia.Thedemandforspicesinthefarwestwasareasonenough beckoning the powerful to find sea routes to India. The trade winds took theseEuropeansrightintothewatersofArabianSeaandthentoKerala.ThearrivalofPortuguese,Danes,FrenchandEnglishhappenedveryquickly.

128

Post-independent Kerala witnesses a lot of political turmoil. The first communist government elected through ballet in the world took power in Kerala. Kerala also earned the dubious distinction of the first state in India to come under Presidential Rule in India. However, the socio–cultural fabric of Kerala coupled with some good governance led to a silent revolution catapulting Kerala to one of the better states in India leading to a loquacious new dictum to the field of development- the Kerala Model of Development.

1.2 Kerala Model of Development

Thebrainchildbehind thismodelofdevelopment isK.N.Raj,a renownedeconomist of India. At the behest of then Kerala Chief Minister C. Achuta Menon,K.N.RajstartedtheCentreforDevelopmentStudiesinthecapitalcityof Kerala. The Kerala Model of Development was the result of these reticent studiesconductedbythiscentreinassociationwithUnitedNationsin1970’s.MuchinlinewiththelaterdevelopmentsofHumanDevelopmentEconomics(whichtookconcreteshapein1990’s),theKeralaModelgaveimportancetosocial parameters like education, child development, poverty alleviation, land reforms etc.

Kerala has a higher standard of living comparable with developed nations. The astonishing part is that this achievement comes on a base of low per capita income. Let’s look into the factors contributing to this success.

1.3 Contributing Factors

1.3.1 Health Care

The health care indices of Kerala make for some astonishing reading and numbers some even par with developed countries of the world. Kerala has built an effective healthcare system. Kerala has a vast network of primary health centres which ensures high accessibility with less cost. Coupled with this is the higher level of literacy and traditional ayurvedic system – Kerala emerged as the best state in healthcare.

129

Table 1Health Indicators Kerala India

Birthrate(per1,000population) 14.60 22.80

Deathrate(per1,000population) 6.60 7.40

Infantmortalityrate(per1,000population) 6.70 44.00

Maternal mortality ratio (per lakh live births) * 2009

40 301

TotalFertilityrate(perwoman) 1.70 2.90

CoupleProtectionrate(%) 62.30 52

Life at birth (Male) 71.40 62.60

Lifeatbirth(Female) 76.30 64.20

Life at birth (Average) 74.00 63.50

Source: Medical and Public Health (PDF): Kerala Government (July 2010)

The vast network of government and highly efficient private sector has helped Kerala maintain these impressive figures albeit many problems are emerging from the recent developments in the health care sector. Let us focus our attention to one of the most neglected area of health care – Palliative care. Kerala also has impressive records in the palliative care services. In fact Kerala has a palliative care policy. Two – third of India’s palliative care services are in Kerala. (Kerala has only3%ofIndia’stotalpopulation).Kerala’sCommunityBasedNeighbourhoodNetworkinPalliativeCareProjecthasplayedasignificantroleinthisachievement.The health care in Kerala could achieve such magnificent numbers due to the combined effort of government support and civic involvement.

1.3.2 Education

Christian missionaries have played a crucial role in the development of education in Kerala. They introduced western education to Kerala. Caste or religion never came in the way of this educational revolution. The enlightened Hindu saints exhortedtheirfollowerstoembracemoderneducationandhelpedinconstructingvariousschoolsandcolleges.TheMuslimEducationalSocietyalsocontributedto the cause. Thanks to the efforts of the various princely states and British policy, the literacy rate in Kerala was twice that of the rest of India. Post-independence, the government continued to press the issue and achieved noticeable results.

130

Kerala has clocked stellar performance in the field of education - near total literacy, universal primary education, low dropout rate, easy access to education and gender equality in this access. This was the result of many long sighted activities of the various governments in Kerala. The state has the highest expenditureoneducationincomparisontoitsdomesticproductandaccountsforone-thirdofthetotalrevenueexpenditure.ThegovernmenthascomeupwithmanyinnovativeandeffectiveprogramslikeDPEP(DistrictPrimaryEducationProgram), Single window admission procedures, counselling etceera which gave fruits of success to the state.

Graph 1

Source: Census of India

1.3.3 Land Reforms

The revolutionary Land ReformsOrdinance passed by the first communistgovernment of Kerala/world was a watershed in the land reforms movement in Kerala. The movement which was a continuation of the peasant movement in Kerala helped in removing the ill effects of tenancy and land lord system. The ordinance put a seal on the land holdings by any particular family. It broke the backboneofthefeudalstructureandthetenantscouldclaimtheexcesslandon which they were working.

Even though such radicalmeasure put a premature end to the communistgovernment of the time, it produced many positive outcomes. It resulted in many landless people getting dwelling place of their own and enlargement of the

131

labour market. These steps were followed by the introduction of effective public distribution system, protection for agricultural labourers and various protective laws for agricultural workers. All these steps helped in ensuring consistent progress and transformation of the society.

1.3.4 Other Factors

Keralahasbeenfortunateenoughtohaveapropersocio-culturalmixwhichsupports human development. As already mentioned the princely states of Kerala were development oriented and had already set a ground for the post–independencegovernmenttoscaleupanexistinggoodssystem.Thepeopleare politically active and they are active participants in the political process. Any lethargy in the governance is a matter of intense discussion – building up the pressureonthegovernmentanditsemployees.Thegulfboomofthe1970’shas helped maintain the ascent in the social indices performance. It provided a cascadingeffecttothealreadyexistinghigherhumandevelopmentindices.ThediversepopulationofKerala(Hindus-60%,Muslims–20%andChristians–20%)has lived in peace and harmony leaving the government to developmental issues.

1.3 Kerala Model of Development - Flip Side The Kerala Developmental Model also has its problematic side. The model has notbeenabletostimulateeconomicgrowthofthestate.Eventhoughthestateranks very high in the human development indices, the state is one of the least industrializedstatesinIndia.Thestatehasfailedinconvertingtheeducatedandskilled manpower to a productive use. There is enormous brain drain and Kerala iswitnessingthereplacementmigration(fromWestBengalandNorthEastinparticular). The economy is heavily dependent on remittances especially from MiddleEast.Thestatefailedinconvertingtheseremittancestoanymeaningfulinvestments and led to the state having highest per capita consumption expenditureinthecountry.

With it’s over politicisation, strikes and notorious labour unions in Kerala are one of the most difficult places to do business in India. The state is dependent on its neighbouring states for its food grains and vegetables (quiet contradictory since Kerala is a lush green place with fertile soil and the first region to shake hand with the monsoon winds every year – heralding the rainy season of India). The state’s macroeconomic figures make for acrid reading – the state budget is spiralling in the fiscal deficit trap and the state has a very high unemployment rate. There are pockets of complete underdevelopment (tribal and coastal area) which are often the scene of unrest and violence. In short, the Kerala model has a lot to teach and a lot to learn.

132

2. Gujarat Model of Development

2.1. Gujarat – A Look Back

The state of Gujarat has a chequered history with its link running back to the ancient history (Lothal – the oldest port in the world was in Gujarat). Running through the hands of various Hindu and Muslim kingdoms, the state came under thepowerofMarathasinthe18th century. Post the Anglo- Maratha wars, the state like the rest of India came under the British rule. Many princely states of Gujarat made peace treaties with British and the region came under these princely states. The greatest son of India, Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi was born in Gujarat who led the Independence struggle ultimately leading to Indian independence.

ThestateofGujaratwasformedin1960,bysplittingBombaypresidencyonthelinguisticbasis.TheCongresspartyruledthestatetillmid1990sandtheBharatiyaJanataPartythereafter.Eversinceitsinceptionin1960thestatehasaccorded highest priority to secondary sector over primary and tertiary sectors. The priority for physical capital over human capital was very clear. In line with the LPG policy of the national government, the state government tuned their approachtomaximizethebenefits.Inthenineties,thegovernmentmadeeffortsto promote private enterprises in the state. This continued focus on economic growth led to what is known as Gujarat Model of Development.

Graph 2 – Growth in GDP for state of Gujarat

Source: Socio–Economic Review, Gujarat State, 2014-15 (Directorate of Economics and Statistics)

133

2.2 Gujarat Model of Development

The Gujarat Model of Development tends to emphasise economic growth as the way ahead to come out of underdevelopment and poverty. The state has created one of the best business friendly environments in the country couple with this is theentrepreneurialspiritoftheGujaraticommunity;thestagewaswellsetforgalloping economic growth. The state government have shown confidence in the capability of the private sector and created an environment of economic freedom. The Gujarat model tends to focus on the belief that the economic growth will trickle down to the rural and poor segment of the society and ultimately lead to their emancipation.

2.3 Contributing Factors

2.3.1 Tax Incentives

Thegovernmentplannedreductionorexemptionofsalestaxasamajortooltoattract private business into the state. This was a major economic decision since salestaxisthemajorrevenueofthestate.WithotherstatesfollowingthesteptheGujaratgovernmentshiftedtosubsidiesandcostreductionthantaxexemptions.To attract more investments into the state the government tuned its policy towards cost reduction through subsidies quintessentially portraying an image of investor friendlystate.Anotherstepinthisdirectionwastherationalizationoftaxes.AcaseinpointwouldbethepartialabolitionofOctroi–whichwasleadingtomanyinefficiencies and corruption in the system. The focus was on creating productive activity first rather than social capital.

2.3.2 Infrastructural Support

Foragrowthbaseddevelopmentstory,infrastructureisgoingtobethescriptor the backbone. The reforms were drastic in the power sector. The government took the courage to act as the shock absorber to attract private investments into the sector. As a result the government succeeded in attracting Independent PowerProjects (IPP) to supplypower toGujaratElectricityBoard.After initialbouts of success, the new initiative started showing side effects, with Gujarat ElectricityBoardbecomingamajor contributor to the state fiscaldeficitandotherrelatedstructuralproblems.TheGujaratElectricityRegulatoryCommissionwas created to monitor the functioning of the various players in the sector. The government also encouraged private participation in other sectors like ports and roadsthroughBuildOperateandTransfer(BOT)andjointventures.Toprovidefinancial assistance to these infrastructure projects the government created an AssetManagementFund. Industrialestatesandshedswereanothereffort toboost the infrastructural facilities.

134

Graph: 3

Source: Socio–Economic Review, Gujarat State, 2014-15 (Directorate of Economics and Statistics)

2.3.3 Industrial Approvals

Forthedevelopmentofindustriesaspeedyapprovalprocesswithoutredtapeand corruption is essential. At the district level, the District Industries Centre (DIC) has been delegated all essential powers for all registration and subsidy purposes. There are various agencies at the district and state level to monitor the functioning of various agencies, leading to effectiveness in operation. The inspection process has been made more business friendly and there was a continuous effort to add variousun-organizedbusinessintothestructuretoallowthemtomakeuseofthese facilities. The documentation for registration of new business units has been madeleanerandaneasyprocess.Eventhoughthelargeindustrieslicensingand registration is routed through the national bodies, all necessary support andfollowupisdonebythestategovernment.Computerizationandcitizens’charterhaveensuredineliminatingallunnecessarydelaysandhazardsintheway of approvals and legality.

2.3.4 Other Factors

The government took bold initiatives to make land available for sales and development.Thisexcesslandinpossessionofindustrialunitswasmadeavailablefor sales by putting a land ceiling. The Town Planning Act ensured that barren and underdeveloped land is available for infrastructural development. The government hasamendedtheBombayRentControlAct(1947)toensureavailabilityofhousesfor rent. Permission was granted with conditions for conversion of agricultural land to non – agricultural uses. This ensured that land is available for rapid industrializationofthestate.

135

The entrepreneurial spirit of the Gujarati community was the right supplement for such a development story. This business acumen of the people in Gujarat was a major contributing factor for the model. The state had a stable political environment and the various political parties more or less showed faith in the model.

2.4 Gujarat Model of Development – Flip Side

As the state basks in the glory of this economic growth, the flip sides also need tobeanalyzed.The tricklingdownofdevelopment isyet tohappenand thepoor people have paid a heavy price - the state has one of the highest levels of poverty in India. The human development indices for the state (especially food, education, health) make for very sorry reading. The rehabilitation of displaced farmers, tribals, agricultural workers etcetera has not yet been settled. The people are paying a huge price for the high pollution level, due to the focus on lofty industrial growth. Many have even questioned the reality behind the rapidly flowingFDItothestateandthestatesmacroeconomicdiscipline.TheGujaratModel seems to portray a model with many negative ramifications when seen from the above perspectives. Graph 4 Graph 5

Source: Census India website

136

3. The Interlock Model for Sustainable Economic Development

The model tries to integrate the Kerala Model of Development and the Gujarat Model of Development. As already noted in the discussions before, the Kerala Model focusses on the social infrastructure (human development) and the Gujarat Model focusses on the physical infrastructure (economic growth).

As the overall development is amix of social development and economicgrowth – these two factors become the engine for overall growth. An economy needs to twirl both these wheels to keep the overall development on track. If not, as we have already seen, the economy may miss out on one of the aspects – Kerala belligerently treading bottom low in the graph of industrial growth and Gujarat languishing along with the bottom states in the social developmental parameters. To vanquish these capacious undermining facts and figures, the various stakeholders need to deliberate and fish out new developmental models.

Nowthequestioniswhetheritispossibletodebunkthemodelandhaveboththese wheels twirling at the same time to ensure overall development. We may have to look at the institutional analysis in social science to find an answer to the question. The institutional view/field deals with how individuals and groups construct institutions, how institutions function in practice, and the effects of institutions on each other, on individuals, societies and the community at large.

137

The above model also looks up on the institutional view for its fuel. The social aspects of the economy should be the responsibility of the state/government – withbulkofitsfiscalexpendituregoingonrelatedaspectslikehealth,education,social security etcetera. The physical infrastructure – growth industrializationetcetera should be left in the capable hands of the private sector.

Thismayseemaspurificationofthemixedeconomysystem.Whilethereisnodenyingtherootstothemixedeconomysystemthemodelsre-emphasizestheneed for such an approach and suggests some modification. The most important is the smooth interaction and support between the two institutions – private and public. The public institutions have to develop the base for the private institutions. Intheinitialstage,someextentofhandholdingfortheprivatesectormayalsoberequired. We can look at an ideal case in point – the educational sector (Public) contributing skilled jobs, that is, readymade employees to the private industries on a continuous basis. The competition driven private sector is generating more profitandcontributing it to thestate treasury in the formofcorporate taxes.Hence, the state has more funds for social development etcetera. Delineating themodeltothenextlevelandtomakethemodelasustainableoneweneedto call for so many lubricating factors – good governance, able and learned leadership, stable political system etcetera. If these lubricants are applied and operated we can have a perfect working model of development.

References1. Menon,A.Shreedara.(2007).KeralaHistory.Kottayam:DCBooks.

websites1. http://iimahd.ernet.in/publications/data/2002-12-02RavindraH.Dholakia.

pdf

2. http://www.firstpost.com/business/economy/kerala-growth-model-is-gujarat-model-in-disguise

3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keralamodel

138

OPPORTUNITIES AND CHALLENGES FOR ENTREPRENEURSHIP FOR MAKE IN INDIA: TExTILES' AND GARMENTS’ InDuSTrYHemalatha I. Doddamani1

AbstractThe Indian textiles and garments industry flourished as early as the Indus Valley civilization. All the rulers and the society used locally produced clothes and were contended. The arrival of the British and their method of exporting the raw materials and bringing back the finished products, lack of organized structure in this industry, research and use of machinery pegged back the Indian garment industry. It remained so till the 1990’s, post the liberalization, the industry has become more organized and catching pace with rest of the world. The start-ups or the entrepreneurs willing to take a plunge into this industry have unlimited scope and opportunities in the form of producing better and finer forms of fabrics in silk, cotton, denims and a host of other modern, natural and artificial varsities. Since India is a land of diversities we have traditional textiles and garments which still remain confined to those geographical areas. Moreover our fashion designers over the past decade have lessened the gap between the western designers and put India on the fashion map.

While there is a buzz to jump on to the band wagon in exploring the limitless opportunities, one must not lose sight of the challenges which


139

begin the way the opposition starts at our doorsteps at home and amongst friends at the idea of beginning a start-up, the challenges at the ground level also include finding angel funders, support for research and development, establishing production lines with modern machinery, marketing and selling the products and finding dedicated skilled labour to work with. The bigger challenges are a stiff and highly competitive global market, obtaining land and licenses, higher level of research and development, global exposure and breaking the monopoly of the west. The fresh initiative of the incumbent Government and push for Make in India may render some of these challenges not so challenging and encourage more entrepreneurs who may venture into large scale participation in this industry which perhaps has been dormant so far. This will not only bring the country on par with the rest of the world but also contribute to the nation’s economy and provide employment to millions of our countrymen.

Keywords: Entrepreneurship,Textiles,ApparelIndustry,Fashion.

Introduction

The Indian textilesandgarments industryhas flourishedfromasearlyas theIndusValleycivilization.Alltherulersandsocietyusedlocallyproducedclothesandwerecontended.ThearrivalofBritishandtheirmethodofexportingtherawmaterialsandbringingbackthefinishedproducts,lackoforganizedstructurein this industry, research and use of machinery pegged back the Indian garment industry.Asa result the IndianTextileandApparel Industrywasunorganizedindustry even till a few years back, however the scenario started changing after theeconomicliberalizationofIndianeconomyin1991.Thisinitiativeofopeningupofeconomygavethemuch-neededboosttotheIndiantextileandapparelindustry which has now successfully become one of the largest in the world. Indiantextileindustrylargelydependsuponthetextileandapparelmanufacturingandexport.Indiaearnsabout27%ofitstotalforeignexchangethroughtextile/apparelexports.Theindustryprovidesdirectemploymenttoapproximately40million and is the second only to agriculture.

In the world’s production statistics, our country ranks second in production of textilesandgarments,thirdinproductionofcottonandisthesecondlargestcotton user. The Indian textile industry is very diverse and complex and thiscomplexityismergedintoacohesivewhole.Thisispossibleaswehaveastrong

140

production base of different fibres / yarns from natural fibers like cotton, jute, silk and wool to synthetic/man-made fibres like polyester, viscose, nylon and acrylic. The growth of this industry in the recent past has been more than any ofthepreviousdecadesasgrowthgotafillipduetoliberalizationoftradeandeconomicpoliciesinthe90s.

The start-ups or the entrepreneurs willing to take a plunge into this industry have unlimited scope and opportunities in the form of producing better and finer forms of fabrics in silk, cotton, denims and host of other modern natural and artificialvarsities.SinceIndiaisalandofdiversitieswehavetraditionaltextilesand garments which still remain confined to those geographical areas. A lot canbedonetomixandmatchandproducerawmaterialsinahostofhuesand designs that can form the basis of the world fashion industry. Moreover, our fashion designers over the past decade have lessened the gap between the western designers and put India on the fashion map. The fashion designers can widentheirbaseandproducenotonlytextilesbutalsogarmentsthatcandressthe world.

Whilethereisabuzztojumpontothebandwagoninexploringthelimitlessopportunities, one must lose sight of the immense challenges which begin at our doorstep. The fresh initiative of the incumbent Government and push for Make in India may render some of these challenges not so challenging and encourage more entrepreneurs who may venture into large scale participation in this industry which perhaps has been dormant so far. This will not only bring the country on par with the rest of the world but also contribute to the nation’s economy and provideemploymenttomillionsofourcountrymen.Ontheotherhand,itwillalso change the way we wear our clothes and make us look and feel better.

Scope

Thescopeofthispaperisasfollows:a. OpportunitiesforentrepreneurshipinTextilesandApparelIndustry.b. ChallengesforentrepreneurshipinTextilesandApparelIndustry.

Opportunities for Entrepreneurship in Textiles and Apparel Industry

TheIndiantextilesandapparelindustryhashugeopportunitiestogrowinthewakeofmarketliberalisation.Theseopportunitiesarelistedbelow:

141

a. Research and Development

Like any other industry, the research and development has endless opportunity here too. This can be in the field of developing new fabrics both artificial and natural, fusion of variety of raw materials and designs, to develop climate effect reduction fabrics, fabrics that are economical to produce, wear and maintain and so on. In the apparel production, there is endless scope to bring the local geographically isolated styles/prints/embroidery etcetera to mainstream and within every ones reach.

b. Accessibility For theentrepreneurs there iseasyaccessibility to study,do research,createinfrastructure, find information, a friendlier licencing system, funding etcetera which makes it easier than before to initiate a start-up.

c. Dispersed Production and Easy Assembling

In today’s world, where everything is in reach, the entrepreneurs need not have allTHEfacilitiesunderoneroof,theproductioncanbedispersedwhilethefinalassembly can be done under one roof thereby reducing the burden of space, sourcing and labour.

d. Marketing and Sales.

The advent of internet and ecommerce has rendered this vital activity which earlier required enormous efforts very easy to handle. The advertising, market study,sales,deliveryandpaymentscanallbedonewithintheclickofabutton;hence the huge investments are not required.

e. Technology.

The phenomenal growth in technology and its easy access will help the entrepreneursineveryaspectofventuringintotheapparelandtextileindustry.It will provide unlimited access to information, designing, observing the end products’ effectiveness, sales, marketing, tracking shipping and delivery, instant credits there by reducing costs and increasing productivity and profits.

f. Increased Fashion Awareness

Theyouthtodayaremorefashionconsciousandwillingtoexperiment,hence,thereisanexistingdemandandourindustryneedstostepintofulfilthisdemandlocally than to depend on foreign markets.

142

g. Haute Couture

Considered a privilege of royalty and for a selected few for a long time, this myth has been breached and there are more people willing to spend in this segment making it lucrative for the start-ups.

h. Extreme weather/Climatic Conditions

The fast changing climatic conditions which now affect a large population provides an opportunity to develop fabrics and apparel to negate these effects. Since larger areas come under this, with each passing year, the requirement too is increasing giving the start-ups an opportunity to venture into these areas.

i. Technical Textiles

Technical textilesare those “Textilematerialsandproductsmanufactured forindustry specific performance and functional properties beyond aesthetic or decorative requirements. The demand for these textiles is increasing as theend products’ usage is on the upswing in various professions like agriculture, clothing, construction, health care, transportation, packaging, sports, environment protection, protective wear etcetera. They include textiles for automotiveapplications,medical textiles,agro-textiles,andprotectiveclothing.ProjectedglobalbusinessoftechnicaltextilesworthUS$100billion,thegrowthinAsiaisexpectedtobe5to6%,withtheprojectedgrowthrateofapproximately2%in the developed countries. In spite of serious challenges this segment provides possibilities tominimize imports through home based production and byencouragingexports.

Challenges for Entrepreneurship in Textiles and Apparel Industry

The entrepreneurial spirit will prosper if the economy continues to grow on a sustainable basis. The risks to entrepreneurial growth are many, terrorism, political corruption/stalemate, non-inclusive growth that focuses only on the rich, and stalled reforms. Terrorism in India that has spread almost throughout the length and breadth of our country which creates fear and uncertainty and delays investments therefore needs to tackle appropriately. The Indian culture is resilient and able to respond sensibly to terrorist activities as demonstrated during ourresponsetotheterroristattacksinMumbaiandKargil.Indiaisacomplexcountry with varied castes, religions and languages. The political parties have evolved to address their needs and give the minority groups a platform and a

143

voice that are heard at the national level. However, irrespective of whether the governmentisleadbyBJPorCongresswehavenotreversedtheliberalizationagenda. Growth needs to continue and reforms aimed at power, labor and land are a major requirement.

Challenges

a) Governance

The main and obvious challenges that are relevant in our country are red-tapismandbureaucracy.Despitetheliberalizationthegovernmentmachinerytakes ages to provide necessary clearances and provide legitimate permissions without corruption.

b) Globalization

Until a few years ago the Indian entrepreneurs faced regional and nationalcompetition. However, now as most countries have opened up their economies and the world has become one large market, entrepreneurs must prepare themselves with new, better, and innovative business tactics and skills. They cannot shy away from this global challenge willingly and try their best to seek business opportunities to establish their dominant place in this ever-changing and always challenging open market. In such a competitive scenario, they have tocompetewithforeigncompanies.Forexample,iftheydecidetostartadenimcompany, their competitors are likely to be multinational corporations such as Levis, Wrangler, Pepe etcetera. Indian entrepreneurs will have to improve in the areasofsupplychainfromsourcingtoselling.Usageofimprovedtechnology,new methods of production and highly motivated manpower to overcome the competition is almost a necessity.

c) Liberalization from 1991

TheGovernmentofIndiabeganliberalizationprocessintheyear1991. With its initiation, private entrepreneurs were granted liberty to start any business in any domainexceptafewreservedsectors.Thisopenedtheproverbial‘Pandora’sBox’ofnewbusinessopportunitiesforentrepreneurs.Now,thechallengebeforeIndianentrepreneurs is how to take optimum advantage of these business opportunities. A rise in intense competition has made it difficult for both Indian and foreign companies. Indian entrepreneurs can beat this enormous competition by focusing more on selling high-quality and unique goods at the lowest prices possible.

144

d) Adapting Technology

With each passing day, the pace of development in Science and Technology is increasing rapidly. Modern technology improves quality of produced goods and services, helps to reduce their cost of production. It speeds up their process of production. High-quality commodities, lower cost of production and faster production rate makes any company a highly competitive one. So, it is always bettertoreplaceoutdatedtechnologywiththenewtechnology.Oldmachineryand equipment needs to be replaced by modern ones. This is a big challenge before an Indian entrepreneur firstly for finding the adequate financial back up andsecondlytospendmoreontrainingtherequisitemanpowertooptimizetheadopted technology and machinery.

e) Changing the Demography of Indian workforce

OfflatetheIndianworkforcehasundergonearemarkablechange.Statisticsindicate the dominance of men in the workforce is shrinking rapidly. Indian women have begun to enter the workforce in India in a big way in all the departments including even those which were traditionally reserved for males. Defeating all norms, they have established themselves as efficient employees and professional managers. This presence of women in the workforce has brought new challenges before the Indian entrepreneurs.

Tocomplywithwomen'sworkforce-relatedchallengesefficiently,entrepreneursmust know and follow all the special ‘Labour Laws’ for women. They have to make provisions for women staff with better working conditions, safe environment, and other essential facilities. Special care must be taken to see to it that they are treated with dignity and respect. Grievances or complaints regarding physical or mental harassment need to be addressed immediately. Working women experiencemorestressthantheirmalecounterpartsastheyperformdualdutieson a day-to-day basis. To elaborate they have to manage their job requirements and family commitments with equal importance. This increase in their personal and job responsibilities are the root cause for their stress. To alleviate the stress, an employer can try to ease their stress by granting maternity leave, providing separate toilets and washrooms, implementing favorable work timings, providing a health insurance or at least a free routine medical checkup and so on,

Nextontheagendaofentrepreneursisefficienthandlingofyoung-generationinthe workforce. Today, junior managers and workforce hired by most companies are young, energetic and ambitious graduates that have big dreams to accomplish.Thesemanagersworkhardbutexpectagoodrewardinreturnwhichis satisfactory in terms of their monetary, physical and psychological needs. These

145

restless youngsters must be continuously motivated by keeping them engaged in challenging tasks and interesting work assignments, providing attractive salaries, incentives, perks or employee benefits, etc. If not, they will resign and leave the company and then join the competitors.

f) Marketing

Marketing is a challenge before every Indian entrepreneur. To beat the competitive marketthereisaneedtoselectanefficientandexperiencedmarketingteamandtrain and develop this team into a result-oriented one. To keep a motivated team, high salaries, attractive incentives and good commissions are fast becoming a requirement. Indian entrepreneur has to evaluate the market trends and consumer needstosatisfytheneedsandexpectationsofhiscustomers.Entrepreneurshaveto believe in the adage that customer is the king and hence, aim to provide his customers full value for their money.

g) Managing the Finance of Business

Fundsmanagementisthelifelineofanybusiness.Itcaneithermakeabusinessorbreakit.Under-capitalizationandover-capitalizationbothareveryharmfulto the business. Managing the finance of his business is a big challenge for the entrepreneurs.Therefore,managingbothfixedandworkingcapitalproperlyhasbecome a necessity. He must borrow money from the right source and manage his‘CashFlow’intelligently.Hemustcreatesufficient‘Reserves’andsurplusestoprovidecoverfordepreciationoffixedassets,sothattheycanbereplacedwhen they become old and outdated.

h) Challenges in the Field of Production

It is not just enough to start a production line but catering to the challenges in the field of production in order to include timely replacement of outdated plants and machineries with new modern ones, providing continuous training to their production staff, use good quality raw-materials to produce high quality finished goods, investing part of their profits for Research and Development (R & D) and QualityControl(QC)hasbecomeanecessityratherthananexception.

i) Balancing Economic and Social Objectives

This includes planning for corporate social-welfare activities, use of modern machines without causing unemployment and harm to the environment, earn profit without reducing quality of their goods and services. Payment of all their taxesanddutiesontimeandrefrainingfromtheuseofunfairandunethicalpractices to fight cutthroat competition is also mandatory.

146

j) Logistics

Most courier companies deliver well in metros. However, beyond that the service is very poor and close follow-ups are needed to ensure on-time delivery.

k) Infrastructure Challenges

Withtheexceptionofmetros,thebasicinfrastructurefacilitiesinothercitiesareinadequate. Long hours of load shedding related to power, inadequate telecom facilitiesetceterahitthebusinesshard.Nothingcanbedonebuthavingpatienceand concentrating on dealing with other challenges in the meantime helps.

l) Unrests

Bandhs are common in India, though they have been reduced quite a bit. It is also a hurdle in smooth operations. Rapid growth E-commerce has made life easierastheyareopen24x7.

m) Personal Challenges

Nomatterhowwell youdo tocopewith thechallenges, it is sometimes veryfrustrating to be an owner of a start-up company. In the early stages, most of the timeyouhavenoprofitsandtheonlytimeyousmileproperlyiswhenyoudon'thave any payments overdue. It needs some time to adjust to that lifestyle. After that, there is a certain happiness inside you that keeps everyone around you happy.

n) Convincing Family and FriendsIf you tell your parents that you are opting out of employment and would rather start something on your own, you should expect -"Are youmad?” Societybelievesthatstart-upsareacoverforbeingunemployed.Evenifthestart-upisfairlysuccessful,mostofthenearanddearoneswon'tbelieveunlesstheventureis successful. It is hard to make your family and friends believe in you.

o) Overnight Success is a Myth

There is no one customer or one big deal that can make you successful. They say overnight success is a result of years of hard work and very slow process. Everysingledayordealisaonesmallsteptowardsthatobjective.Theovernightsuccess is more a myth than a reality.

p) Customers

Customerscanandwillbeover-demanding.Theywouldaskforcustomizingtheservice or product as much as possible. While one consumer may want something

147

taller, other might demand smaller ones. The key to success is to address each customerindividually.Evenifyoudon'tagreetotheirdemands,fewsweetwordscan do the trick.

q) Too much to offerMost of the startups have too much to offer. They offer unique products and services and at times too many of them. The focus therefore should instead be more on visibility. Instead of launching a line of products at a time, first launch one unique product, make it known to a target consumer and create a brand value. Then use this platform to showcase products in the pipeline.

r) Angel InvestingLet us take a look at the main problems in investment. The angels in India are unwilling to take RISK; this is very harmful to any start up. The problem here isthatpeoplejudgeanideabythebalancesheetand5yearprojectionsandNOTbyinnovationand/orpotentialdisruptionofthemarket.Whatthisleadsto is not much innovation but more of copying of successful ideas from other markets in the name of being original. The scenario is fast changing, as a year ago, there were only a handful of accelerators in India of note. Today, there areoveradozenwhoarewillingtoprovidemorestartupfundingfor lesserequity. Having seen the start ups throughout the spectrum, this means that a lot of generic ideas are being funded and the obstacles to starting a company are slowlybeingremoved.Oncetheangelinvestmentcomesofage,therewillbenot much holding us back.

s) End Consumers The problem with the Indian market is one of psyche and mentality. The Indian end consumer, more or less, is not ready to accept a new product unless it has been pre-validated, either by someone they trust or by a different market. This is where being in the wrong geographical locale is a major obstacle. In the end, entrepreneurs in India have to face these issues as given and find a solution to dealwiththem.Youwillgetavaluationthatisinadequateandyourleadcyclewill be longer.

Conclusion

The entrepreneurs and the entrepreneurship atmosphere determine the health of the economy of a nation. It is universally accepted that the start-ups have lesser challenges and conducive environment in developed nations. In developing countries, it’s a different scenario.

148

Thedawnof21st century has diminished the nation’s boundaries and brought theworldmuchcloserandhencewecallitalargeGlobalVillage.Ashumanrace has begun to acknowledge that economic activity is the key to prospering, anewrealizationthateveryoneisneededinthisdevelopmenthasbroughtinscope of more and more entrepreneurial enthusiasm. The so called developing countrieshavebeguntonarrowthisgapineconomicactivitiesandthetextilesand apparel industry leads the way in narrowing this gap.

Bibliography1. AdityaMarwaha. (2008). ImpactofChinaon IndianGarment Industry.

DissertationtheUniversityofNottingham.

2. DeshpandeP.P.(2009).Garment-ExportIndustryofIndia.APHPublishingCorporation,NewDelhi.

3. Dr.N. Santhi, and S. Rajesh Kumar. EntrepreneurshipChallenges andOpportunities in India. T. Bonfring International Journal of IndustrialEngineeringandManagementScience,Vol.1,Special Issue,December201115ISSN2250–1096.

4. Dr. T.S. Devaraja, Indian Textile andGarment Industry-AnOverview*,Associate Professor, Department of Commerce, Post Graduate Centre, UniversityofMysore,Hassan,India.

5. Vijayabaskar,M.(2002).GarmentIndustry inSouthAsia-RagsorRiches-Competitiveness,productivityandjobqualityinthepost-MFAenvironment

6. VishalJain,IndianentrepreneurshipandthechallengestoIndia’sgrowthIssues: September/October 2011. Categories: Global Business andInternational Business.

7. Nayak,P.(2008a).“Post-quotaregime–TheHelpandtheHassles”,ModernTextiles,Vol.3No.1,February–March,pp.18-24.

8. ZENITH International JournalofMultidisciplinaryResearch.Year:2012,Volume:2,Issue:5Firstpage:(62)Lastpage:(67)PrintISSN:0000-0000.OnlineISSN:2231-5780.

9. EntrepreneurshipChallenges andOpportunities in India : http://www.journal.bonfring.org/papers/iems/volume1/BIJIEMS-01-1004.pdf.

10 A Study on “The Problems and Prospects about theGrowth http://theglobaljournals.com/gra/articles.php?val=ODg2&b1=221&k=56

11 http://auced.in/entrepreneurship-and-textile-technologists

12 http://www.quora.com/What-challenges-do-entrepreneurs-face-in-India

13 www.makeinindia.com/policies

149

DEVELOPMENT AND VALIDATION OF RP-HPLC METHOD FOR THE DETERMINATION of TErbInafInE hYDrochLorIDE In a TABLET DOSAGE FORMP. Ramya1 & D. Visagaperumal2

AbstractA new isocratic reverse-phase HPLC method with photo diode array detector was developed and validated for the determination of Terbinafine Hydrochloride in tablet dosage forms. Chromatography was carried out on Dionex C18 Acclaim120 (250×4.6 mm, 5 µ) column using Methanol:Dipotassium Hydrogen Phosphate pH 8.0 (60:40 v/v) as mobile phase at a flow rate of 1.0 ml/min. Detection was carried out at a wavelength of 225 nm. The retention time of Terbinafine Hydrochloride was found to be 4.18 min. The linearity was established over a concentration range of 0.01-0.04 mg/ml. The correlation coefficient (r2) was ≥ 0.9999. The relative standard deviation values for precision studies were <1%. The percentage recovery for Terbinafine Hydrochloride was found to be in the range of 99.3-100.6%. The statistical analysis of the data showed that the method was precise, accurate, reproducible and selective for the analysis of Terbinafine Hydrochloride. The method was successfully employed for the determination of Terbinafine Hydrochloride in commercially available tablet dosage forms.

Keywords: TerbinafineHydrochloride,HPLC,Validation.

1. DepartmentofPharmaceuticalAnalysisandQualityAssurance,BapatlaCollegeofPharmacy,Guntur, Andhra Pradesh.

2.AssociateProfessor,DepartmentofPharmaceuticalChemistry,T.JohnCollegeofPharmacy.

150

Introduction Terbinafine(1-9)isamemberoftheallylaminesclassofSqualeneMonooxygenaseinhibitor used in the treatment of fungal infections. It is present as Hydrochloride salt. It is chemically(4) designated as (E)-N-(6,6-dimethyl-2-hepten-4-ynyl)-N-methyl-1-naphthalenemethanaminemonohydrochloride(fig.1)withamolecularweightof327.90g/mol.TheempiricalformulaisC21H25N.HCl.ItisawhitefinecyrstallinepowderanditisfreelysolubleinMethanolandslightlysolubleinwaterat25°C.Terbinafine(6)ishypothesizedtoactbyinhibitingsqualenemonooxygenase,thusblocking the biosynthesis of ergosterol, an essential component of fungal cell membranes. This inhibition also results in an accumulation of squalene which is asubstratecatalyzedto2,3-oxydosqualenebysqualenemonooxygenase.Theresultant high concentration of squalene and decreased amount of ergosterol are boththoughttocontributetoterbinafine'santifungalactivity.

fig. 1 Structure of Terbinafine hydrochloride

Terbinafine Hydrochloride is official in United States Pharmacopoeia andBritishPharmacopoeia.Itisavailableastabletwithadosagestrengthof250mg (Sebifin). Literature survey(10-11)revealedthatfewUVmethods,LCmethods

with mass spectrophotometry and bioanalytical methods were reported for the analysis of Terbinafine Hydrochloride in pure form and its related substances. However, an RP-HPLC method employing PDA detector has not been developed for pharmaceutical dosage forms. So an RP-HPLC method was developed and validated for linearity, accuracy, precision, robustness, and specificity, limit of detection and limit of quantification.

Materials and Method:

Terbinafine Hydrochloride Pure was manufactured by Dr. Reddy’s Laboratory, Hyderabad,TelenganaandAndhraPradesh,India.SEBIFIN(8) tablets (each tablet

151

containing TerbinafineHydrochloride equivalent to 250mg Terbinafine) wasmanufacturedbyRANBAXYPharmaceuticals(INDIA)PVT.LTD.andwerepurchasedfrom the local market. Acetonitrile and Methanol were of HPLC grade and collected fromE.Merck,Darmstadt,Germany.DipotassiumhydrogenphosphatewasananalyticalreagentgradesuppliedbyFischerScientificChemicals.WaterofHPLCgradewasobtainedfromaMilli-Qwaterpurificationsystem.

Waterse2695AllianceHPLCsystemequippedwithonlinedegasserandmodel2998 photodiode array detectorwas used. The datawas acquired throughEmpower2dataacquisitionsoftware.DionexC18Acclaim120(250×4.6mm,5μparticlesize)wasused.ThemobilephasewithamixtureofMethanol:0.01MDipotassiumHydrogenPhosphatepH8.0 (60:40,v/v)waspreparedandfilteredthrough0.45μmembranefilteranddegassedinultrasonicwaterbathandinjectedataflowrateof1.0ml/min.Theinjectionvolumeis20μlanddetectionwas carriedoutatawavelengthof225nm.Reverse-phaseHPLCanalysis was carried out isocratically at ambient temperature. Buffer was prepared byaccuratelyweighing1.5146gofDipotassiumHydrogenPhosphateina1000ml volumetric flask and diluted in volume with water.

Standard preparation:25mgTerbinafineHydrochloridewas taken in100ml volumetric flaskanddissolved in50mlofmethanolandsonicated for15minandmakeup thevolumeto100mltogetthestocksolution.Then10mlaliquotofstocksolutionwastransferredina100mlvolumetricflaskandmakeupthevolumewithdiluentyieldingafinalconcentrationof25ppm.

Sample preparation:Theequivalentweightoffinelypowderedtabletscontaining25mgofTerbinafineHydrochlorideare taken ina100ml volumetric flask,50mlofdiluentwasaddedandsonicatedfor10minandthenmakeupthevolumewithdiluent.Thesupernatantliquidisfilteredthrough0.45μmfilter.10mlofthissolutionwastransferredto100mlvolumetricflaskanddilutedwithmethanoltothemarkyieldingafinalconcentrationof25ppmofTerbinafineHydrochlorideand20μlwasinjectedintothechromatographicsystems.

Results and Discussions:

The procedure for the analysis of Terbinafine Hydrochloride using photodiode array detector is reported. The mobile phase is chosen after several trails with methanol, water, acetonitrile and buffer in various compositions and at different

152

pH values. Themobile phase consisting of amixture ofMethanol: 0.01MDipotassiumHydrogenPhosphate(pH8.0phosphatebuffer)(60:40,v/v)wasproved to be most suitable for estimation. Since the chromatographic peaks are better defined, resolved with this system under above mentioned chromatographic conditions,theretentiontimeobtainedforTerbinafineHydrochloridewas4.18min(fig2).Themethodwasvalidatedforaccuracy,precision,linearity,specificityand robustness as per ICH guidelines.

fig. 2 Standard chromatogram of Terbinafine hydrochlorideSystem suitability was evaluated by injecting a solution of Terbinafine Hydrochloride at100%concentrationinfivereplicatesatthebeginningofthevalidationrun.Systemsuitabilityparameterscalculated from thechromatogram (fig3) suchas tailing factor (T), theoretical plates (N) and percentage relative standarddeviation(%RSD)ofpeakareasaregivenintable1.Theobtainedvaluesoftheseparameters (T≤2,N>2000)show that theproposedchromatographicconditions are suitable for separation of the drug.

Table 1: Summary of System Suitability Test Parameters

S. No. PARAMETERS TERBINAFINE HYDROCHLORIDE

1. Retention Time (min) 4.18

2. TailingFactor 1.06

3. Theoretical Plates 6240

153

fig. 3 chromatogram of Terbinafine hydrochloride in Tablet Formulation

The precision of the test method was demonstrated by system precision and method precision. The system precision studies were carried out by injecting five repeatedinjectionsofstandardsolutionof100%concentrationonthesamedaybyoneanalystunderthesameexperimentalconditions.The%RSDvalueforpeakareaswasfoundtobe0.34forTerbinafineHydrochloride.

Methodprecisionwascarriedoutbyinjectingsixreplicatesoffreshlyprepared100% solutions. The RSD value obtained for peak areas was 0.21, whichillustrated good precision of this analytical method.

Robustness verification studies were also performed in the method development phase. Robustness of the analytical method is defined as the measure of its capacity to remain unaffected by small but deliberate variations in method parameters and provides an indication of its reliability under normal usage. Onewaytogaugerobustnessistoexaminesomerelevantfactorswhichmightinfluence the reliability of the developed method. Selected factors namely the flow rate(±0.2),temperature(±5)andpH(±0.2)wereinvestigatedindicatingthattheanalyticalmethodremainedselectiveandrobustunderoptimizedconditions.

154

The linear working range was selected depending on the nature of application. Linearity test solutions were prepared by diluting the stock solution at five concentration levels. The solutions were injected and curves were obtained by plotting peak area against concentration of the drugs. Linear calibration curves were generated using least square regression analysis. The calibration graphs yieldedthefollowingequations:y=1784X-161.Anexcellentcorrelationexistsbetweenpeakareasandconcentrations.Resultsareshownintable2.

Table 2: Linear Regression Data for Calibration Curves

S. No. PARAMETERSTErbInafInE hYDro-

CHLORIDE

1. Linearity range (mg/ml) 0.01-0.04

2. Correlation coefficient 0.999

3. Slope 1784

4. Intercept -161

The accuracy of an analytical method is determined by how close the test results obtained by that method come to the true value. It can be obtained by recovery studies where a known amount of standard is spiked in the placebo. Inthepresentstudy,anumberofdifferentsolutionsof50,100and150%oftablet formulation were prepared with a known added amount of a standard andinjectedintriplicate(n=3).Percentrecoveriesofresponsefactorcalculatedrangedfrom99.3%to100.6%whichindicatedtheaccuracyofthemethodwasaccuratewithinthedesiredrangeandtheresultsareshownintable3.

Table 3: accuracy Data of Terbinafine hydrochloride

Concentration

Amount

Added

(µg)

Amount

Found

(µg)

% Recov-

ery

Statistical

Analysis

50%Sample1 12.463 12.472 100.4 Mean=100.64

SD=0.347

%RSD=0.34

50%Sample2 12.524 12.594 101.1

50%Sample3 12.467 12.502 100.21

100%Sample1 25.049 25.02 100 Mean=100.28

SD=0.362

%RSD=0.315

100%Sample2 25.087 25.047 100

100%Sample3 24.987 25.051 99.91

155

150%Sample1 37.428 37.519 99.92 Mean=99.89

SD=0.216

%RSD=0.2

150%Sample2 37.512 37.470 99

150%Sample3 37.40 37.361 99.4

SD stands for standard deviation, RSD stands for relative standard deviation.

By evaluating specificity, the ability of an analytical method to unequivocally assess the analyte in presence of other components (impurities, degradations, excipients)intheformulationcanbedemonstrated.Thespecificityofthemethodwasdeterminedbyinjectingplacebosolution(mixtureofexcipients),diluentsusedfor the preparation of standard and sample solution in to the chromatographic system and checked for interference at retention time corresponding to the retention time of Terbinafine Hydrochloride and the results demonstrate that there was no interference from other compounds.

Thelimitofdetection(LOD)andlimitofquantitation(LOQ)weredeterminedbythecalibrationplotmethod.ThevaluesofLODandLOQare0.883μg/mland1.945μg/mlrespectively.Resultsobtainedindicatethemethodissensitiveenough.Allthevalidationresultsareshownintable4.

Table 4: Summary on Validation Results

S. No. PARAMETERSTErbInafInE hYDro-

CHLORIDE

1. Linearity range (mg/ml) 0.01-0.04

2. Correlation Coefficient 0.999

3. Recovery(%) 99.3-100.6%

4. Precision(%RSD) 0.34

5. LOD(μg/ml) 0.883

6. LOQ(μg/ml) 1.945

RSD is relativestandarddeviation,LODis limitofdetection,LOQis limitofquantification.

In the present study an attempt has been made to develop simple, sensitive, accurate HPLC method for the estimation of Terbinafine Hydrochloride. The proposed method for determination of Terbinafine Hydrochloride from oral dosage form is specific, accurate, precise and rapid. It can be used for routine quality control analysis.

156

References1. http://www.drugbank.ca/drugsDB00857,assessed06.03.2012.

2. http://structures.wishatlab.com/molecules/DB00857/image.png, assessed on06.03.2012.

3. http://www.springerlink.com/content/u25228115n02nv3p/, assessed on 18.03.2012.

4. http://resources.metapress.com/pdfpreview.axd/,assessedon18.03.2012.

5. h t t p : / / d a i l y m e d . n l m . n i h . g o v / d a i l y m e d / d r u g i n f o .cfm?id=50837nlm34090-1,assessedon06.03.2012.

6. http://drugs.com/monograph/terbinafine-hydrochloride.html,assessedon06.03.2012.

7. http://skinemedtv.com/terbinafine/side-effects-of-terbinafine.html, assessed on07.03.2012.

8. http://www.medindia.net/drug-price/terbinafine.htm, assessed on 03.06.2012.

9. http://www.drugsupdate.com/generic/view/508,assessedon11.03.2012.

10. L. Loukas, Yannis Dotsikas, Constantinos Apostolou, ConstantinosKousoulos, Georgia Tsatsou, & Yannis. (2007). An improved high-throughput liquid chromatographic/tandem mass spectrometric method for terbinafine quantification in human plasma, using automated liquid–liquid extractionbasedon96-wellformatplates.BiomedicalChromatography.21(2):201–208.

11. Tina Kotnik,Nevenka Kozuh Erzen, Jernej Kuzner, &MarinkaDrobnicKosorok.(2001).StudyofthetreatmentofMicrosporum canis experimentally-inducedringwormincatsbyTerbinafinehydrochloridebyanalyzingcat’splasmaandhairwithRP-HPLCmethod.VeterinaryMicrobiology.83(2),161-168.

12. IrenaBaranowska,AndrzejWilczek,andJacekBaranowski.(2010).RapidUHPLCmethodforSimultaneousdeterminationofVancomycin,Terbinafine,Spironolactone,Furosemideandtheirmetabolites:applicationtohumanplasmaandurine.AnalyticalSciences.26:755-759.

13. L.Matysova,P.Solich,P.Marek,L.Havlikova,L.Novakova,&J.Sicha.(2006). An analyticalmethod for the separation and determination ofterbinafine and its four impurities of similar structure using simple RP-HPLC method.NationalcentreforBiotechnologyInformation.68(3):13-20.

157

14. NonaqueousRP-HPLCdeterminationofTerbinafinehydrochlorideanditsrelated,substances,QualityControlofTraditionalChineseMedicine(ChinaPaper),14April2010.

15. MarinelaFlora,CorinaCristinaArama,&CrinaMariaMonciu.(2009).An analytical method for the determination of Terbinafine Hydrochloride by Ion-PairReversedPhaseLiquidChromatography(IP-RP-HPLC).Farmacia.7(1):83-89

16. S.G.Cardoso,&E.E.Schapoval.(2009).UVspectrophotometryandnonaqueous determination of terbinafine hydrochloride in dosage forms. Journal ofAOACInternational.82(4):830-833.

158

DEVELOPMENT AND VALIDATION OF RP-HPLC METHOD FOR THE DETERMINATION OF AMLODIPINE AND INDAPAMIDE IN A TABLET DOSAGE FORMP. Shulamite Vatsalya1 & D. Visagaperumal2

AbstractA new isocratic reverse-phase HPLC method with photo diode array detector was developed and validated for the determination of Amlodipine and Indapamide in the tablet dosage forms. Chromatography was carried out on Develosil ODS-UG (150×4.6mm, 5µ) column using Dipotassium Hydrogen Phosphate (pH 8.0): methanol (50:50, v/v) as mobile phase at a flow rate of 1.2 ml/min. Detection was carried out at a wavelength of 292 nm. The retention times of Amlodipine and Indapamide were found to be 2.88 and 3.83 respectively. The linearity was established over a concentration range of 0.1-0.3 mg/ml for amlodipine and 0.03-0.1 mg/ml for Indapamide. The correlation coefficients (r2) are ≥ 0.999 in each case. The relative standard deviation values for precisional studies are ˂ 1%. The percentage recoveries for Amlodipine and Indapamide were found to be in the range of 99.3-100% and 99-99.3% respectively. The statistical analysis of the data showed that the method was precise, accurate, reproducible and selective for the analysis of Amlodipine and Indapamide drugs. The method was successfully employed for the determination of Amlodipine and Indapamide in commercially available dosage forms.

Keywords:Amlodipine,Indapamide,HPLC,Validation.

1. DepartmentofPharmaceuticalAnalysisandQualityAssurance,BapatlaCollege,Guntur,AndhraPradesh.

2. AssociateProfessor,DepartmentofPharmaceuticalChemistry,T.JohnCollegeofPharmacy.

159

IntroductionAmlodipine (1-5) is a dihydropyridine calcium antagonist or calcium channel blocker, as the active ingredient. It is chemically designated as 2-[(2-aminoethoxy)-4-(2-chlorophenyl)-3-ethoxycarbonyl-6-methyl-1,4-dihydropyridine benzenesulphonate (fig.1). The empirical formula isC20H25ClN2O5.C6H6O3S, representingamolecularweightof567.05g/mol.Amlodipine is a white crystalline powder freely soluble in methanol. It decreases arterial smooth muscle contractility and subsequent vasoconstriction by inhibiting theinfluxofcalciumionsthroughL-type calcium channels and thus causes muscle contraction.Inhibitionoftheinitialinfluxofcalciumdecreasesthecontractileactivity of arterial smooth muscle cells and results in vasodilation. Its available tabletdosageformsare2.5mg,5mg,10mg(Norvosac2.5mg).

Fig .1 Structure of AmlodipineIndapamide(6-11) is a thiazide diuretic drug. It is chemically designated asbenzamide,3-(aminosulfonyl)-4-chloro-N-(2,3-dihydro-2-methyl-1H-indol-1-yl]-4-chloro-N-(2-methyl-1-indolinyl)(fig.2).ItsempiricalformulaisC16H16ClN3O3S, representing amolecular weight of 365.84. Indapamide is a yellow-whitecrystalline powder soluble in methanol. It is used in the treatment of hypertension as well as decompensates cardiac failure. It acts by inhibiting transmembrane ionicinfluxandstimulatingsynthesisofthevasodilatoryhypotensiveprostaglandinPGE2. At doses above 2.5 mg/day the diuretic action of indapamidepredominates.Itisavailableastabletsof2.5mg(Natrilax2.5mg).

Fig .2 Structure of Indapamide

160

Amlodipine is official in Indian pharmacopeia and Indapamide is official in UnitedStatespharmacopeiaandBritishpharmacopeia.Literaturesurveyrevealsthat many analytical methods are reported for determination of Amlodipine (12-20) and Indapamide (21-24) as individual drugs and in combination with other drugs. However,RP-HPLCmethodemployingUVvisibledetectionhasbeenreportedin the combination of other hypotensive drugs. So an RP-HPLC method was developed and validated for linearity, precision, accuracy, robustness, limit of detection and limit of quantification with combined dosage form of Amlodipine and Indapamide in combined dosage form.

Materials and Method: Pure Amlodipine and Indapamide were procured as gift samples by Dr. Reddys Laboratory, Hyderabad, Telengana and Andhra Pradesh, India.NATRILAMtablets(containingAmlodipine5mgandIndapamide1.5mgpertablet)weremanufacturedbySERDIAPharmaceuticals(INDIA)PVT.LTD.andwerepurchasedfrom the `local market. Acetonitrile and Methanol were of HPLC grade and collectedfromE.Merck,Darmstadt,Germany.DipotassiumHydrogenPhosphatewasananalyticalreagentgradesuppliedbyFischerScientificChemicals.WaterofHPLCgradewasobtainedfromaMilli-Qwaterpurificationsystem.

Waterse2695AllianceHPLCsystemequippedwithonlinedegasserandmodel2998 photodiode array detectorwas used. The datawas acquired throughEmpower2dataacquisitionsoftware.DevelosilODS-UG(159×4.6mm,5μparticlesize)wasused.Themobilephasewithamixtureof0.1MDipotassiumHydrogenPhosphate(pH8.0)–methanol(50:50,v/v)waspreparedandfilteredthrough0.45μmembrane filteranddegassed inultrasonicwaterbathandinjectedataflowrateof1.2ml/min.Theinjectionvolumeis10μlanddetectionwas carriedout at awavelengthof 292nm. Reverse-phaseHPLCanalysiswas carried out isocratically at ambient temperature. Buffer was prepared by accuratelyweighing17.418gofDipotassiumHydrogenPhosphateina1000ml volumetric flask and diluted in volume with water.

Standard Preparation:

50mgAmlodipineand15mg Indapamidewas taken in100mlvolumetricflaskanddissolvedin50mlofmethanolandsonicatedfor10minsandmakeupthevolumeto100mltogetthestocksolution.Then5mlaliquotofstocksolutionwastransferredina10mlvolumetricflaskandmakeupthevolumewithdiluentyieldingafinalconcentrationof250ppmand75ppmofAmlodipineand Indapamide respectively.

161

Sample Preparation:

Theequivalentweightoffinelypowderedtabletscontaining50mgofAmlodipineand15mgof Indapamideare taken ina100mlvolumetric flask,50mlofdiluentwasaddedandsonicatedfor10minsandthenmakeupthevolumewithdiluent.Thesupernatantliquidisfilteredthrough0.45μmfilter.Fivemlofthissolutionwastransferredto10mlvolumetricflaskanddilutedwithmethanoltothemark,yieldingafinalconcentrationof250ppmand75ppmofAmlodipineandIndapamiderespectivelyand10μlwasinjectedintothechromatographicsystems.

Results and Discussions:

The procedure for simultaneous analysis of Amlodipine and Indapamide using photodiode array detector is reported. The mobile phase is chosen after several trails with methanol, water, acetonitrile and buffer in various compositions and atdifferentpHvalues.ThemobilephaseconsistingofamixtureofDipotassiumHydrogenPhosphate(pH8.0)andmethanolinratioof(50:50,v/v)wasprovedto be most suitable for estimation. Since the chromatographic peaks are better defined, resolved and free from tailing with this system under above mentioned chromatographic conditions, the retention times obtained for Amlodipine and Indapamide are 2.88 and 3.83mins respectively (fig 3). Themethodwasvalidated for accuracy, precision, linearity, specificity and robustness as per ICH guidelines.

162

Fig. 3 Standard Chromatogram of Amlodipine and Indapamide

SystemsuitabilitytestingverifiesthattheHPLCsystemisworkingasexpected.Itis based on the concept that the equipment, electronics, analytical operations andsamplestobeanalyzedconstituteanintegralsystem.SystemsuitabilitywasevaluatedbyinjectingasolutionofAmlodipineandIndapamidedrugsat100%concentration in five replicates at the beginning of the validation run. System suitabilityparameterscalculatedfromthechromatogram(fig4)suchastailingfactor(T),resolutionfactor(Rs),theoreticalplates(N)andpercentagerelativestandarddeviation(%RSD)ofpeakareasaregivenintable1.Theobtainedvalues of these parameters (T≤2, Rs>2,N>2000) show that the proposedchromatographicconditionsaresuitable forseparationof theanalyzeddrugcomponents.

Fig. 4 Chromatogram of Amlodipine and Indapamide in Formulation

163

Table 1: Summary of System Suitability Test Parameters

S. No. PARAMETERS AMLODIPINE INDAPAMIDE1. Retention Time 2.888 3.8352. Resolution - 5.033. TailingFactor 1.0 0.94. Theoretical Plates 5889 6638

The precision of the test method was demonstrated by system precision and method precision. The system precision studies were carried out by injecting five repeatedinjectionsofstandardsolutionof100%concentrationonthesameday,byoneanalystunderthesameexperimentalconditions.The%RSDvaluesforpeakareasarefoundtobe0.3%and0.2%forAmlodipineandIndapamiderespectively.

Methodprecisionwascarriedoutbyinjectingsixreplicatesoffreshlyprepared100%solutions.Theprecisionwascalculatedas:%RSD=(SD/Mean×100).TheRSDvaluesobtained for thepeakarea inbothcases is<1%andmettheprecisioncriteria(RSD≤2%)whichillustratedgoodprecisionofthisanalytical method.

Robustness verification studies were also performed in the method development phase. Robustness of the analytical method is defined as the measure of its capacity to remain unaffected by small but deliberate variations in method parameters and provides an indication of its reliability under normal usage. Onewaytogaugerobustnessistoexaminesomerelevantfactorswhichmightinfluence the reliability of the developed method. Selected factors namely the flowrate(±0.2)andtemperature(±5)areinvestigated.Inallthecases,goodseparation of both the drug components were always achieved, indicating that theanalyticalmethodremainedselectiveandrobustunderoptimizedconditions.

The linear working range was selected depending on the nature of application. Linearity test solutions are prepared by diluting the stock solution at five concentration levels from0.1-0.3mg/ml forAmlodipineand0.03-0.1mg/ml for Indapamide. The solutions are injected and curves were obtained by plotting peak area against concentration of the drugs. Linear calibration curves were generated using least square regression analysis. The calibration graphs yielded the followingequations: y=4728.x-1168 (r2=0.999) forAmlodipineandy=4639.x-816.4(r2=0.999).Anexcellentcorrelationexistsbetweenpeakareas and concentration of Amlodipine and Indapamide drugs. Results are shownintable2.

164

Table 2: Linear Regression Data for Calibration Curves

S. No. PARAMETERS AMLODIPINE INDAPAMIDE1. Linearity Range mg/ml 0.1-0.3 0.03-0.12. Correlation Coefficient 0.999 0.9993. Slope 4728 46394. Intercept -1168 -816.4

The accuracy of an analytical method is determined by how close the test results obtained by that method come to the true value. It can be obtained by application of analytical procedures to analyte of known purity (drug substance) or by recovery studies where a known amount of standard is spiked in the placebo. In the present study,anumberofdifferentsolutionsof50,100and150%ofAmlodipineandIndapamide are prepared with a known added amount of a standard and injected intriplicate(n=3).Percentrecoveriesofresponsefactorcalculatedrangedfrom99.1%to100.2%whichindicatedtheaccuracyofthemethodwasaccuratewithinthedesiredrangeandtheresultsareshownintable3and4.

Table 3: Data on Accuracy of Amlodipine

Concentration Amount Added (µg)

Amount Found (µg) % Recovery Statistical

Analysis 50%Sample1 124.7 124.2 100.4 Mean=100.2

SD=0.02

%RSD=0.001

50%Sample2 124.7 124.5 99.8

50%Sample3 124.7 124.2 100.4

100%Sample1 249.5 248.6 99.6 Mean=100.28

SD=0.384

%RSD=0.383

100%Sample2 249.5 248.6 99.6

100%Sample3 249.5 247.6 99.2

150%Sample1 374.2 370.7 99 Mean=99.1

SD=0.1

%RSD=0.1

150%Sample2 374.2 370.6 99

150%Sample3 374.2 372.3 99.4

Table 4: Data on Accuracy of Indapamide

Concentration Amount Added (µg)

Amount Found (µg)

% Recov-ery

Statistical Analysis

50%Sample1 37.4 37.4 100 Mean=100.2

SD=0.02

%RSD=0.001

50%Sample2 37.4 37.4 100

50%Sample3 37.4 37.6 100.5

165

100%Sample1 74.8 74.8 100 Mean= 99.9

SD=0.09

%RSD=0.09

100%Sample2 74.8 74.7 99.8

100%Sample3 74.8 74.8 100

150%Sample1 112.2 112.4 100.1 Mean=100

SD=0.08

%RSD=0.08

150%Sample2 112.2 112.2 100

150%Sample3 112.2 112.1 99.9

The ability of an analytical method to unequivocally asses the analyte in presence ofothercomponents (impurities,degradations,excipients) in the formulationcan be demonstrated by evaluating specificity. The specificity of the method was determinedbyinjectingplacebosolution(mixtureofexcipients),diluentsusedfor the preparation of standard and sample solution in to the chromatographic system and checked for interference at retention time corresponding to the retention time of Amlodipine and Indapamide and the results demonstrate that there was no interference from other compounds and demonstrate the specificity of compound.

Thelimitofdetection(LOD)andlimitofquantitation(LOQ)weredeterminedbythecalibrationplotmethod.ThevaluesofLODare0.9μg/mland0.8μg/mlandLOQare2.9μg/mland2.4μg/mlforAmlodipineandIndapamide,respectively.LODandLOQarecalculatedbyusingtheequations:LOD=Cd×Syx/bandLOQ=Cq×Syx/bwhereCdandCqarecoefficientsofLODandLOQandSyxistheresidualvarianceoftheregressionandbistheslope.CalculationsareperformedbyusingvaluesofCdandCqas3.3and10respectively.Resultsobtained indicate the sensitivity of the method is adequate. All the validation resultsareshownintable5.

Table 5: Summary on Validation Results

S. No. PARAMETERS AMLODIPINE INDAPAMIDE1. Linearity Range (mg/ml) 0.1-0.3 0.03-0.12. Correlation Coefficient 0.999 0.9993. Recovery(%) 99.1-100.2% 99.9-100.1%4. Precision(%RSD) 0.3 0.25. LODμg/ml 0.9 0.86. LOQμg/ml 2.909 2.443

In the present study, an attempt has been made to develop simple, sensitive, accurate HPLC method for the simultaneous estimation of Amlodipine and

166

Indapamide. The proposed method for determination of Amlodipine and Indapamide from oral dosage form is specific, accurate, precise and rapid. It can be used for routine quality control analysis of oral dosage form containing Amlodipine and Indapamide.

References1. Indian Pharmacopoeia, Volume-II, 2007, the Indian Pharmacopoeia

Commission,Ghaziabad,Govt.of India,MinistryofHealthandFamilywelfare,pg.714-6.

2. Indian Pharmacopoeia, Volume-II, 2010, the Indian PharmacopoeiaCommission,Ghaziabad,Govt.of India,MinistryofHealthandFamilywelfare,pg.148.

3. Dailymed.nlm.nih.gov/dailymed/archives/fdaDrugInfo.chem.

4. www.rxlist.com/norvasc-drug.htm,referreddate1-11-2011.

5. www.medicinet.com/amlodipine,referreddate10-11-2012.

6. Indian Pharmacopoeia, Volume-II, 2010, the Indian PharmacopoeiaCommission,Ghaziabad,Govt.of India,MinistryofHealthandFamilywelfare,pg.158,1489.

7. UnitedStatepharmacopoeia,30-Nationalformulary25.

8. www.drugsupdate.com/generics/view/231,referredon1-12-2011.

9. www.medicinet.com/indapamide/article.htm,referredon5-12-2011.

10. www.pharmacy.utah.edu/pharmaceutics/pdf/salt.pdf-us, referred 10-12-2011.

11. www.authostream.com/presentation/asguest 124197-1305824, referredon20-12-2011.

12. Amit Amin, &Mrs. Nisha Parikh. (2012) Simultaneous estimation ofAmlodipine and Indapamide in combined dosage form using derivative spectrophotometric method International Journal of Pharmaceutical ResearchandBiosciences.1(3):204-19.

13. Sharma,D.,Jain,A.,&Shrivastav,A.(2011).SimultaneousestimationofAmlodipinebesylateandNebivololhydrochlorideintabletformsbyRP-HPLCusingultravioletdetection.Pharmamethods.2(1):9-14.

14. Shaalan,R.A.,&Belal,T.S.(2010).SimultaneousestimationofAmlodipinebesylateandValsartan in theircombinedtablets.DrugTestAnal.2(10):489-93.

167

15. MallikarjunaRao,N.,&Gowrisankar,D.(2011).InternationalJournalofPharmaandPharmaScienceResearch.1(1):1-5.

16. Barman,R.T.,Islam,M.A.,Ahmed,M.,Washed,M.I.I.,Islam,R.,Khan,A.,Hossain,M.B.,&Rahman,B.M.(2007).Simultaneoushighperformanceliquid chromatographic determination of Atenolol and Amlodipine in pharmaceuticaldosageform.PakJPharmaSci20(4):274-9.

17. Dhandapani,B.,Anjaneyulul,N.,Venkateshwarulu,Y.,andRasheed,S.H.(2010).HPTLCmethoddevelopmentandvalidationforthesimultaneousestimationofAmlodipinebesylateandNebivololhydrochloride in tabletdosageform.JournalofPharmacyResearch3(2):332-4.

18. PrasadRao,C.H.M.M.,Rahaman,S.A.,RangjendheraPrasad,Y.,&GangaReddy,P.(2010).RP-HPLCmethodofsimultaneousestimationofAmlodipine besylate and Metaprolol in combined dosage form. Int J Pharma ResDev2(9):69-76.

19. Chitlange,S.S.,Kiran,Bagri,&Sankarkar,D.M.(2008).StabilityindicatingRP-HPLCmethodforsimultaneousestimationofValsartanandAmlodipineincapsuleformulation.AsainJResearchChem1(1):15-18.

20. DeviRamseh,andRamakrishnaS.(2010).Newspectrophotometricmethodsfor simultaneous determination of Amlodipine besylate and Atorvastatin calciumintabletdosageform.IntPharmSci;2(4):215-9.

21. Pawar,P.V.,Gaikwad,P.D.,Bankar,V.H.,&Pawar,S.P.(2010).DevelopmentandValidationofUVspectrophotometricmethodforsimultaneousestimationof Atenolol and Indapamide in bulk and tablet dosage form. Int J Pharma Tec2(4):876-85.

22. NehaManishMount,MinalRushikeshGhante,AsmitaShripadDeshpande,&PreetiVinodGaikwad.(2010).DevelopmentandValidationofRP-HPLCmethod for simultaneous estimation of Amlodipine and Indapamide and Telmisartan.JPharmaRes;3(12):2941-3.

23. Tushor,G.B.,VipulPrajapati,Dr.PatelP.K.,NirajShah,Dr.PatelL.D.(2009).A validated RP-HPLC method for simultaneous estimation of Indapamide impurity(methylnitroindole)APIform.IntJPharmaTechRes1(4):1287-96.

24. MohitG.D., KailashG. B., Ashwini R.M., &MrinaliniC.D. (2011).Simultaneous estimation of Perindopril erbium and Indapamide in bulk drug andtabletdosageformbyHPTLC.IntJComPharma;2(1):1-4.

168

EMERGING TREND IN TECHNICAL TExTILE- APPLICATION OF OPTICAL FIBER FABRIC IN PRESENT FASHION TREND Tejashvi V.1 & Hemalatha I. Doddamani2

AbstractA few years ago the technical textile and the smart textile came into force. But it is playing an important role in today’s world. The application possibilities are still limited by our imagination and creativity. Hence, it is not simple to access it and get used to it in the developing countries like India. Luminous Optical Fibre Fabric (light up) clothing is for all the clubbers, partygoers and factionist as who want to stand out with the help of stylish and innovative fashion. Luminous Optical Fabric’s illuminated outfits are also a great idea for special events, for stage performers and for all those who want to make the ultimate fashion statement. The high tech, sexy, never seen before, beautiful, magical, use of Luminous Optical Fabric in clothing line is all this and much more. The concept of light up clothing line is mainly achieved by use of optical fiber. The fiber optic fabric emits a colored light along the full length of the fibers, producing a stunning luminous effect. Unlike other light sources like neon, LEDs or electroluminescence the light coming from the fiber optic fabric is subtle and mysterious, producing a beautiful and dazzling luminous effect in darkness.

Keywords: OpticalFiber,TotalInternalReflection,LuminousOpticalFabric,Skytexture.

1. Designer,Zovi.com


169

Introduction

An optical fibre isaflexible,transparentfibremadebydrawingglassorplasticto a diameter slightly thicker than that of a human hair. The optical fibres are used most often as a means to transmit light between the two ends of the fibre.

The optical fibres typically include a transparent core surrounded by a transparent claddingmaterialwithalowerindexofrefraction.Thelightiskeptinthecoreby the phenomenon of total internal reflection which causes the fibre to light up along the full length.

The textilehasalwaysbeenoneof the indispensable itemsofour lives.Theconcept of design was always there. Then, technology was involved and eventually came the mass production. With the inclusion of synthetic raw materials in the textileworld,visionofdesignexpandedbeyonddreamsandnow‘FibreOptics’havebeenintroducedtous.Withtheuseof‘FibreOptics’theengineersanddesigners have come up with quite creative ideas of modifying our daily lives by integrating them into a woven fabric. It’s doubtlessly fascinating that the usage of this facility revealed the possibility of telemedicine which suggests monitoring and treatment of humans those who are in the post-operative recovery state, geriatric patients, mentally ill patients, children susceptible to sudden infant death syndrome and individuals prone to allergic reactions and these are just afewoftheobviousexamples.Thearmy,thepolicedepartmentsandthefireDepartments will also be capable of monitoring their staff during a healthcare situation. Another major consequence of this new invention is of course its commercial side. Wouldn’t it be great if you possessed an armchair that glows at night and you could change its colour within seconds or a table cloth, a cushion, a curtain, a panel, a rug or even an umbrella with the same qualities? Maybe you would like to wear garments or use a backpack of that kind on which you can display constantly changing colours and images. And these bring to the mind the fact that the advertisement and the entertainment sectors will also be one of the sectors to benefit from this innovation.

Luminous Optical Fabric:

The luminous fibre optical fabric is a fabric that literally lights up (light emitting fabric / illuminated fabric). It is made of ultra–thin optical fibres directly woven with synthetic fibres. The optical fibres are especially proceeded in order to allow thelighttobeconnectedattheedgeofthefabrictoultra-brightLEDSwhichareinjected into the fabric. The light is distributed evenly across the entire surface of thefabric,resultinginaselfilluminingtextile.

170

The resulting fabric is unique, providing an elegant lighting all over its surface withadistinctivestarryskytexture.

Characteristics of the Luminous Optical Fabric:

Flexible, fast, light weight, does not heat up,water resistant, washable andconsumes little power to make the entire fabric glow.

Application of the Luminous Optical Fabric in Emerging Textiles Trend:

This luminous fabric based on fibre optics emits a coloured light along the full length of the fibres producing a stunning luminous effect.

UnlikeotherlightsourceslikeNeon,LEDsorelectroluminescencethelightcomingfromtheluminousfabricissubtleandmysteriousallowingtocreateamazing,stylish and wonderfully original fashion accessories and decoration items.

Fig: 1 Fig: 2

Fig: 1 - Panels of Fibre Optics Fabric with single side wiring and double side wiring with a light injection.

Fig: 2 - Different ways of cutting the panels without affecting the lighting effect.

171

Material and Method:

Battery powered, RGB light bulb, controller with senor, senor remote, luminous optical fibre fabric.

The luminous optical fabric fibre is connected to RGB light bulb at the edges. RGBlightisconnectedtoitwithabatterythroughthecontrolbox.Thecontrolboxisconnectedinbetweenthelightandthebatterywhichhelpsincontrollingthe colour of the light which is to be lighted up according to the user instructions through the wireless senor remote.

Conclusion:

In conclusion, as long as the interactivity between design, technology and manufacturing develops gradually by the desire to design which is the major fact that pushes technology onwards we can be sure that such breakthroughs will not onlyexpediteourlivesbutalsoplayavitalroleinourexistence.

References

website:

1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Optical_fiber

2. http://www.midlightsun.com/luminous-fabric-157-en-us.html

3. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3862154/

4. http://www.wobook.com/WBcJ6Oq3Lp4p

5. http://sensingtex.com/luminous-tex

6. https://www.microwear.com.au/eureka/products/fibre-optic-fabric

Books:1. Barolet,Daniel.(2008).Light-emitting diodes (LEDs) in Dermatology.Elsevier

Inc.Retrievedfromdoi:10.1016/j.sder.2008.08.003

2. X.M.Tao.(2001) Smart Fibres, Fabrics and Clothing. New York: CRC Press.

172

3. Rantanen, J., Impio, J., Karinsalo, T., Malmivaara, M., Reho, A., Tasanen, M., &Vanhala,J.(2002).Smart Clothing Prototype for the Arctic Environment. Personal and Ubiquitous Computing. Retrieved from doi>10.1007/s007790200001

4. El-Sherif,M. (2004). Smart fabrics: Integrating fiber optic sensors and information networks. Stud Health Technol Inform. Retrieved from http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15718661.

173

DIGITaL InDIa – a unIquE IDEnTITYJayaprabha M.1 & Felcy Judith2

AbstractIndia is a growing and diverse country. Currently, India is facing many challenges in various fields like improving technology, medicine, agriculture, education science and many more. One of the important motives is to take India to the next higher level. So a concept of Digital India was introduced to improve literacy, economy and make an integrated One India digitally. India is rich in human resources and Digital India bridges the gap between people and technology. It improves the rural citizens to be digitally literate. One India plan can be formed by providing a unique ID (UID) to all citizens of India. This UID will provide accountability and transparency to enjoy the social security benefits provided by the government. To overcome these challenges a 12 digit UIDAI (Unique Identification Authority of India) has been introduced as AADHAR Card. Collaboration between the latest biometric, cloud computing, encryption and search capabilities are merged to ensure every resident is issued a unique ID and no resident receives more than one official UID. The aim of this paper is to do a detailed study of ‘Unique Identification’, its advantages and disadvantages and how it helps in the development of India. Also a comparative study between India and other countries is done regarding the usage of the card.

Keywords:UniqueIdentificationNumber,Aadhar,DigitalIndia.

1.AssistantProfessor,DepartmentofComputerApplications,T.JohnCollege.

2.AssistantProfessor,DepartmentofComputerApplications,T.JohnCollege.

174

Introduction

Dr.ManmohanSinghcharteredtheuniqueidentityprogrammeforcitizensofIndiain2009andtrustedthedevelopmentandexecutionunderthehelmofMr.NandanNilekeniwhowasthenintheexecutivepositionofITbehemothInfosys.DigitalIndiaisacolossalinitiativetodriveandempowerIndiatominimizethedigital divide and be in par with developed countries. This initiative improves the internet connectivity and the digital infrastructure. It was introduced by PrimeMinisterShri.NarendraModiinJuly,2015.HisvisionistoconnectruralIndia to other parts of India using high speed internet. Digital India’s various programmepillarsdorelyontheAADHARidentity.Oneprimeexampleismakingalltheservicesforthecitizenstobeelectronicandonline.AADHARhelpsonlineidentity from “cradle to grave”. It also helps in electronic signature by biometric components.Easyonlinepayments,creditofsubsidiescannowbeAADHARenabledinthebankaccounts.Verifiable,accessible,paperlessone-stopcitizendocuments using “Digital Locker” is a possibility that will use AADHAR as primary key in the whole database architecture.

Socio-Economic Advantages of Aadhar

AADHAR is a secure and unique online identity that can be used on a pan Indian basis. Since AADHAR is based on the demographic and biometric information it eliminates the threat of any fraud. Subsidies on food, LPG, education etcetera for people who are entitled to receive them, will be directly credited. It helps in opening bank accounts, getting new telephone, internet connections, power or gas connections, getting a passport, driving license, electoral card, enrollment in group life insurance schemes, accident insurance schemes and pension schemes tonameafew.Further,AADHARisusedforinvestinginthestockmarket,DigitalLife Certificate, employee provident fund, Digital Locker, RuPay card with free zerobalance savings’account.Onemust firstgrasphowAADHAR works in themostwell-knownapplication:theAADHAR-enabled payment system. This system allows people with an AADHAR ID to go to a micro-ATM and check their balance, withdraw money, deposit cash and transfer funds.

Information Backbone of Aadhar

IT companies such as TCS, Mac Associates, Wipro, HCL, HP, Sagem Morpho Securities, Satyam Computers and Communication companies namely Reliance Communication, TataCommunications, Aircel, Bharati Airtel, BSNL, RailtelCorporation of India Ltd. and Mongo DB were the approved partners for design

175

and content of the database. Morpho technology was used for biometrics. Several other companies include Grid Computing, Monitoring Data, Analytics andVisualization,Application–ProgramInterface(API)incollaborationwiththegovernment has started this project which has helped in the economic growth of India.

Aadhar – A Boon to the Education System

An academic record linked to AADHAR ID can identify the previous education of a student when he joins a new school. People involved in making policies and designing curricula can track academic results of students, even when they move across school systems in different states. Centum Learning – is a new scheme that grants government’s monetary rewards for the graduate students to create a stronger skilled and employable workforce. The rewards are directly transferred to the graduates’ bank accounts linked to AADHAR. Leveraging AADHAR to track students and electronically certify academic and employment histories can certainly contribute to the growth of India’s economy.

Aadhar in Financial Inclusion and Banking

AADHAR project provides a strong foundation to deliver banking services and improve the operational efficiency of the system. It connects many other IDs like VoterID,Licenses,RationCards,Passports,KYCetcetera.Themajorconstraintfaced by the banks is the absence of valid identity and address proof of the client. AADHAAR number now enables the banks to open accounts with a greater speed and accuracy.Other beneficiaries that help to improve the country’seconomy are Micro ATMs and Mobile Banking. This segment provides ample opportunities to improve business with cost effective solutions. AADHAR helps bankstoreducetheirNPA(NonPerformingAssets).Thelaunchoftheschemehas many sub benefits like opening bank accounts, life and accident insurances withRuPayCard,freezerobalancesavings’account.Whilepaymentservicesenabled via AADHAR have clear value in “financial inclusion” and save money by eliminating fraud and corruption.

healthcare benefits

Healthcare sector uses AADHAR to register births. AADHAR card could serve as a platform for innovations that can help monitoring epidemics and drug efficacy. The biometric card system has, in fact, helped the industry overcome the hurdle ofcashlesstransactionsforavailingtreatmentateligiblehospitals.TheE-health

176

initiative which is a part of Digital India Drive aims at providing effective and economicalhealthcareservicestoallthecitizens.Theprogrammeaimstomakeuse of technology and web portals to facilitate maintenance of people’s health recordsandbookonlineappointmentsusingeKYCdataofAADHARnumber.

Comparative Study between Different National IDs

INDIA USA SINGAPORE SRI LANKAAADHAR SSN–Social

SecurityNumberNRIC-NationalRegistration Identity Card

NIC-NationalIdentity Card

Usedasanationalidentity

Usedasidentityfor people who areauthorizedtowork

Usedasanidentityfor lawful residents

Usedasaproof of identity

Provide LPG and other government subsidies

NA NA NA

Fingerprintandiris scan based demographic information

Fingerprintscanonly

Fingerprintscanonly

Fingerprintscan only

Provides educational, health care, banking, pension benefits, passport, driving license, voter ID, ration etcetera

Provide pensions, medical insurance and personal accidental insurance

Citizenship,e-appointment, i-Enquiry,Passport,OnlineBirth and DeathExtracts, NotificationofChange of Address, Student'sOnlineRegistration

Required for applying passport, driving license, voter ID and get any public assistance

Conclusion

ThispaperpresentsthemeritsofourUniqueNationalID.Thus,AADHARintheDigital India infrastructure plays a vital role and arguably forms a central nervous system for many Digital India initiatives and e-Governance projects. AADHAR and

177

AADHAR-enabled ecosystems will promise better India with inclusive of financial security and faster economic growth and digital literacy.

References1. http://www.icmrindia.org/casestudies/catalogue/Project%20Management/

UIDAIs%20Aadhaar%20Project-Case.htm.

2. R.Ramakumar,"IdentityConcerns,"http://www.frontlineonnet.com,2010.

3. "Unique IDwill EnableMore Effective PublicDelivery," www.hindu.com,2009.

4. MahendraKumarSingh, "GovtSalvagesUID,Nod toCoverall1.2bnIndians,"http://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com,January28,2012.

5. "600MillionPeople toGetUIDsby2014,"www.dnaindia.com,January21,2012.

6. theviewspaper.net/a-comparative-study-of-the-usa-government-with-india

7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/National_identity_cards_in_Singapore

8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/National_identity

178

1.AssistantProfessor,DepartmentofPharmacology,T.JohnCollegeofPharmacy.Bangalore

2.PrincipleScientist,BioconPark.

anTI-SnakE VEnoM STuDY on rooT AND RHIZOME OF CoralloCarpous epIgaeus [RATTLE. Ex. wILLD,]CL.C .Nisha Shri1 & J Balaji2

AbstractThe research paper undertakes the study of the ethnobotanical information of decoction of root and rhizome of Corallocarpus epigaeus was used as a remedy for the snake bite of snakes such as rattlesnakes, copper heads and water moccasins which belong to the family of Crotalidae as well as coral snakes, venomous cobras, kraits, mambas, and sea snakes which belong to the family of Elapidae. The anti-venom property of the plant make the snake catchers chew the roots and rhizomes of it before going for wrangling. Hence, in the present study the anti-snake venom’s property of alcoholic and aqueous extracts of root and rhizome of Corallocarpus epigaeus was screened against the venom of Vipera russellii.

Keywords: Corallocarpus epigaeus, Vipera russellii, Anti-snakeVenom,Toxin,Haemotoxic,Neurotoxic.

179

Introduction1-5

Manandsnakesco-existedsincetheverybeginningofhumanrace.Perhapsthere is no living creature in the animal kingdom other than the snakes which has received so much attention from human beings. Snake bite, a common health hazardoccursthroughouttheworldincludingIndiansubcontinentandleadstoahighrateofmortality.Therearenearly3000knownspeciesofsnakesintheworldoutofwhichabout375arevenomousandremainingarenon-venomous.Generally the poisonous snakes indigenous to India are members of Crotalidae andElapidaefamily.Crotalidaeorpitvipersincluderattlesnakes,copperheadsandwatermoccasins.Elapidaefamilyincludescoralsnakes,venomouscobras,kraits, mambas, and sea snakes.

Snakevenomiscomplexmixtureof toxinswhichcanbeeitherhemotoxicorneurotoxic. Venom contains enzymes, enzymatic proteins and peptides. Thetoxic principles of snake venoms are neurotoxin, hemorrhagic, coagulators,cardiotoxic,myoneurotoxic, etc. Venom frompit viper is hemolytic. Russell’sviper “Daboia russelli” belongs to viperidae family which causes coagulation retardation of blood.

Oneoftheenzymesthat ispresent inallsnakevenomishyaluronidase.It isknowntohaveaspreadingaction,becauseitisthefirstenzymetotakeactionbyfacilitating other venom components through tissues and into the blood stream. It greatly increases the permeability of membranes, ruptures cell walls and alters coagulation. In a sense it acts as a vehicle to provide active transport for other toxiccomponents.

Theethnobotanicalinformationrevealsthatthedecoctionofrootandrhizomeof Corallocarpus epigaeus was used as remedy for snake bite. Because of this vitalpropertyoftheplant,snakecatcher’schewtherootandrhizomesbeforegoing for wrangling. Hence in present study the antisnake venom property of alcoholicandaqueousextractsofrootandrhizomeof Corallocarpus epigaeus was screened against the venom of Vipera russellii

Materials6-12

Heparin

Centrifuge

HumanRedBloodCells(HRBC)solution–1%

Russell’svipervenom,stocksolution-0.01%w/v

180

Phosphatebuffer–pH7.4

UVSpectrophotometer

Physiological saline

Preparation of 1% HRBC

Blood was collected from human healthy volunteer by vein puncture and heparin wasusedasanticoagulant.Thebloodwascollected,centrifugedat3000rpmfor30min.TheredcellsinthebottomwerecollectedandHRBCsolutionof1%concentrationwaspreparedusingphysiologicalsaline.

Preparation of 0.01 % Venom Stock Solution

LyophilizedvenomofRussell’sviperwasdissolvedinphysiologicalsalinesolutiontoprepareastockof100μg/ml.

Preparation of Drug Solutions

The dried extracts were dissolved andmade into suspension of requiredconcentration using physiological saline

Methodololgy6-12

In vitro Anti-snake Venom Activity

In vitro antivenom activity of Corallocarpus epigaeus was assessed by inhibition of in vitroHRBClysis.HRBCmembranestabilizationactivityofmethanolicandaqueousextractofCorallocarpus epigaeus was studied. The hyposaline-induced haemolysis was evaluated in vitro by the method of Roelofsen, et al.,(1971)andBalu, et al.,(1995)withfewmodifications.

About1mlofdilutedvenom,phosphatebuffer,and1%HRBCweretakentowhichdifferentconcentrationofmethanolicandaqueousextractsofCorallocarpus epigaeus were added. The control samples were the drug free saline solution. Themixtureswerethenincubatedat37°Cfor30minandcentrifugedat1000rpmfor3mins.Thesupernatantsolutionwascollectedanditsabsorbancewasmeasuredat540nmusingUVSpectrophotometer.Thepercentageinhibitionof haemolysis was calculated using the formula

181

%inhibition=100-(A1-A2)

X100 A3-A4

WhereA1=absorbanceoftestdruginvenomsolution

A2=absorbanceoftestdruginphysiologicalsaline

A3=absorbanceofcontrolinvenomsolution

A4=absorbanceofcontrolinphysiologicalsaline

Experimental Animals

All the experimental protocolswere approved by Institutional Animal EthicalCommittee.HealthyandnormalSwissalbinomiceofeithersexweighingbetween25-30gramswereused.

Acute Oral Toxicity Testing

Animalswere fedwith increasingdosesofmethanolicandaqueousextractsof rootsand rhizomesofCorallocarpus epigaeus suspended in1%acacia.Theanimalswereobservedcontinuouslyfor2hoursforanygrossbehaviouralchangesandthenintermittentlyonceevery2hoursandfinallyattheendof24and72hourstonoteanyothertoxicsignsincludingdeathofanimals.

The LD50 values of viper venom was given by the venom supplier “The Irular SnakeCatchersIndustrialCooperativeSocietyLimitedIndia969,Kancheepuram,TamilNadu–603104”as0.008mg/18gofmouse.

In vivo Anti-snake Venom Activity

TheSwissalbinomiceofeithersexweighingbetween25-30gramsweredividedinto3groupseachcontainingsixanimals.

Group1–Treatedwithvehicleservedascontrolgroup

Group2–TreatedwithmethanolicextractofC.epigaeus500mg/kg

Group3–TreatedwithaqueousextractofC.epigaeus500mg/kg

Theanimalswerepretreatedorallywithmethanolicandaqueousextractoneweek prior to administration of lethal dose of russell’s viper venom. The survival of the mice was observed and the results are tabulated.

182

Results & Discussion

In vitroHRBCmembranestabilizationresultingininhibitionofvenominducedhemolysisbyalcoholicandaqueousextractofrootandrhizomeofC. epigaeus atconcentrationrangingfrom25-500mg/mlarepresentedinTable1.

Table 1 Percentage Inhibition of Hemolysis by Corallocarpus epigaeus Extracts

Conc. of extracts (µg/ml)

Inhibition of hemolysis by alcoholic extract (%)

Inhibition of hemolysis by aqueous extract (%)

25 10.32 6.550 15.78 9.83100 21.80 14.75200 25.56 18.85400 33.83 23.77200 39.09 27.04

Most of the snake venom contains phospholipase and hemolysin which will act on membrane associated phospholipids liberating lysolecithin. Lysolecithin acts on the HRBC membrane causing hemolysis. Protection against venom induced hemolysisisthoughttobebecauseofstabilizationofproteinsinthemembraneof HRBC.

Mortality of mice was decreased progressively in animals treated with alcoholic andaqueousextractswhencomparedwithvenomcontrolgroup.Significantprotection(P<0.05)wasobservedat500mg/kgdoseandthepercentagesurvivalwasobservedas66.6%and50%formethanolicandaqueousextractsrespectivelywhicharepresentedinTable2.

Table 2 Percentage Survival in Animals Treated with Extracts of Corallocarpus epigaeus

Treatment Total Number of

Animals

No. of Animals Survived after Envenomation

% Sur-vival

Vehicle+Venom 6 0 0Methanolicextract(500mg/kg)+Venom 6 4 66.66Aqueousextract (500mg/kg)+Ven-

om

6 3 50

183

Conclusion

ThestudyconcludesthattherootandrhizomeofCorallocarpusepigaeuspossesssignificantantisnakevenomproperty.Alcoholicextractexertedabetteractivitywhencomparedwithaqueousextract.

References1. Lewis,S.M.,Heitkemper,M.M.,&Dirksen,S.R.(2004).Medical-surgical

nursingassessmentandmanagementofclinicalproblems.6thed.1858-59.

2. Pradhan,Patwardan,Tyagi,H.K.,&Mathu,P.(1941).Snakesandhumanwelfare,ZoologicalSurveyofIndia.124.

3. HarrisJ.B.(1991).Phosphdipasesinsnakevenomandtheireffectsonnerveandmuscle.Snaketoxins.91-129.

4. Kabara,J.J.,&FisherG.H.(1969).Chemicalcompositionofnajanajavenom.Toxicon.223

5. Zeller, E. A. (1977). Snake venomaction: Are enzymes involved in it?Experientia33,143-150.

6. Bucherland,W., & Buckey, E. E. Venomous animals and their venoms.Vertebrates.4,7.

7. TheFaunaofBritishIndia.CeylonandBurma.1981.483.

8. Vijayabharathi,R.,Arunkumar,Karthikeyan,S.,&Kumar,S.(2006).Invitroand in vivo anti snake venom activity of coccinia Indica L.leaf. Hamdard medicus.132-135.

9. Haruna,A.K.1995.InvitroantisnakevenomofafuranoidditerpenefromAristolochiaalbiduDuch.IndianJournalofPharmaceuticalSciences.222.

10. Roelofsen,B.Z.Ward,R.F.A,Comfurices,P.,Woodward,C.B.,&Doenan,L.LM.V.(1971).Pharmacologyofantivenomdrugs.Biochem.Biophys.Acta.241

11. Balu,S.,&Alagesaboopathy.(1995).AntivenomactivitiesofsomespeciesofAndrographswall.Ancientsciencesoflife.25,3,187

12. ChatterjeeC.C.(1994).Humanphysiology.Medicalalliedagency.Vol1.125.

184

NATURAL INDICATORKinara Maheshwari1

AbstractPlants have been the basis for medical treatments through much of human history and such traditional medicine is still widely practiced today. Modern medicine recognizes herbalism as a form of alternative medicine. A pH indicator is something that can tell whether a substance is an acid or a base. A visual acid-base indicator is just a weak acid with differently colored acid and conjugate base forms. The results produced by a synthetic indicator are not more reliable than the results produced by a natural indicator and natural indicators are much cheaper than synthetic indicators including culinary, medicinal and in some cases spiritual usage. All pH indicators change colours depending upon whether they donate or accept protons. Therefore, pH indicators are themselves acids or bases. Natural dyes indicate specific pH levels based on their chemical changes. Vegetables, berries, flowers like California Poppy, Catnip, Chamomile, Dill, Garlic, apples, autumn leaves, roses, strawberries, grapes and cranberry juice are red that indicate pH.

Keywords:ph Indicator,Herbalism,Acid-base Indicator, SyntheticIndicator,NaturalIndicator,Protons.

1.AssistantProfessor,T.JohnCollegeofPharmacy

185

Introduction:

Herbs[1]

In general use, herbs are any plants used for flavoring, food, medicine, or perfume. Culinary use typically distinguishes herbs as referring to the leafy green parts of a plant (either fresh or dried), from a "spice", a product from another part of the plant (usually dried), including seeds, berries, bark, roots and fruits. In botanicalEnglish,theword"herb"isalsousedasasynonymof"herbaceous plant". Herbs have a variety of uses including culinary, medicinal, and in some cases spiritual usage. General usage of the term "herb" differs between culinary herbs and medicinal herbs. In medicinal or spiritual use, any of the parts of the plant might be considered "herbs" including leaves, roots, flowers, seeds, resin, root, bark, inner bark (and cambium), berries and sometimes the pericarp or other portions of the plant.

Fig.1HerbalMedicine

1.1 Herbalism [2]

Herbalism (or "herbal medicine") is use of plants for medicinal purposes and the study of such use. Plants have been the basis for medical treatments through

186

much of human history and such traditional medicine is still widely practiced today.Modernmedicinerecognizesherbalismasaformofalternativemedicineas the practice of herbalism is not strictly based on evidence gathered using the scientific method. Modern medicine does, however, make use of many plant-derived compounds as the basis for evidence-tested pharmaceutical drugs and phytotherapy works to apply modern standards of effectiveness testing to herbs and medicines that are derived from natural sources.

History [3]

Archaeological evidence indicates that the use of medicinal plants dates at least tothePaleolithic,approximately60,000yearsago.Writtenevidenceofherbalremediesdatesbackover5,000years,totheSumerians,whocreatedlistsofplants. A number of ancient cultures wrote on plants and their medical uses. InancientEgypt,herbsarementionedinEgyptianmedicalpapyri,depictedintomb illustrations or on rare occasions found in medical jars containing trace amounts of herbs. The earliest known Greek herbals were those of Diocles of Carystuswrittenduringthe3rdcenturyB.CandonebyKrateuasfromthe1stcenturyB.C.Onlyafewfragmentsoftheseworkshavesurvivedintactbutfromwhat remains scholars have noted that there is a large amount of overlap with theEgyptianherbals.SeedslikelyusedforherbalismhavebeenfoundinthearchaeologicalsitesofBronzeAgeChinadatingfromtheShangDynasty.Overahundredofthe224drugsmentionedintheHuangdiNeijing,anearlyChinesemedicaltext,areherbs.HerbswerealsocommoninthemedicineofancientIndia, where the principal treatment for diseases was diet. De Materia Medica byPedaniusDioscorides,aRomanphysician,isaparticularlyimportantexampleof such writings. The documentation of herbs and their uses was a central part ofbothWesternandEasternmedicine.

Modern Herbal Medicine[4]

Many of the pharmaceuticals currently available to physicians have a long history of use as herbal remedies including opium, aspirin, digitalis and quinine. The WorldHealthOrganization(WHO)estimatesthat80percentofthepopulationof some of the Asian and African countries presently uses herbal medicine for someaspectofprimaryhealthcare.Pharmaceuticalsareprohibitivelyexpensiveformostoftheworld'spopulation,halfofwhichlivesonlessthanU.S.D$2perday. In comparison, herbal medicines can be grown from seed or gathered from nature for little or no cost.

187

Uses of Herbal Medicine

The use of and search for drugs and dietary supplements derived from plants have accelerated in recent years. Pharmacologists, microbiologists, botanists and natural-productschemistsarecombingtheEarthforphytochemicalsandleadsthat could be developed for treatment of various diseases. In fact, according totheWorldHealthOrganization,approximately25%ofmoderndrugsusedin theUnited States have been derived fromplants. Among the 120 activecompounds currently isolated from the higher plants and widely used in modern medicinetoday,80percentshowapositivecorrelationbetweentheirmoderntherapeutic use and the traditional use of the plants from which they are derived. Morethantwothirdsoftheworld'splantspecies—atleast35,000ofwhichareestimated to have medicinal value—come from the developing countries. At least7,000medical compounds in themodernpharmacopoeiaarederivedfrom plants In many medicinal and aromatic plants (MAPs), significant variations of plants characteristics have been ascertained with varying soil traits and the selective recovery and subsequent release in food of certain elements have been demonstrated. Great attention must be paid to choose soil and cropping strategies to obtain satisfactory yields of high quality. Some herbs are useful for treatingsicknessanddisease.Here'saquicklistofsomeofthemorecommonlyknownherbsandhowtheycanbeusedtoimprovemanyaspectsofyourlife:

• CaliforniaPoppy:Thisprettylittleflowerisapowerfulanti-anxietymedication.If you take a tincture in the evening it can ease tension and help you fall asleep.

• Catnip:Whentakenasateacatnipcanhelpeaseachroniccoughorhelpyou fall asleep.

Chamomile: A soothing, relaxing herb, chamomile is a great anti-anxietytreatment when taken as a tea.

• Dill:Adigestivetonictohelpsootheindigestion.• Garlic:Awonderfulantibacterialthatisgreatfortreatingcoldsandbacterial

infections

Herbal Preparations [5]

There are many forms in which herbs can be administered, the most common of which is in the form of a liquid that is drunk by the patient—either a tisane or a (possiblydiluted)plantextract.Wholeherbconsumptionisalsopracticedeitherfreshindriedformorasfreshjuice.Severalmethodsofstandardizationmaybedeterminingtheamountofherbsused.Oneistheratioofrawmaterialsto

188

solvent. The leavesofEucalyptusolidaarepackedintoasteamdistillationunitto gather their essential oil. Tisanes or "herbal teas" are the resultant liquid of extractingherbsintowaterthoughtheyaremadeinafewdifferentways.Infusionsarehotwaterextractsofherbssuchaschamomileormintthroughsteeping.Decoctionsarethelong-termboiledextractsusuallyofhardersubstanceslikeroots or bark. Maceration is the old infusion of plants with high mucilage-content such as sage, thyme etcetera.

Natural Indicators [6]

A pH indicator is something that can tell whether a substance is an acid or a base. A visual acid-base indicator is just a weak acid with differently coloured acid and conjugate base forms. A pH indicator is a halo chromic chemical compound that is added in small amounts to a solution so that the pH (acidity or alkalinity) of the solution can be determined easily. Hence a pH indicator is achemicaldetectorforhydroniumions(H3O+)(orHydrogenions(H+)intheArrheniusmodel).Normally,theindicatorcausesthecolourofthesolutiontochangedependingonthepH.SolutionswithapHvalueabove7.0arealkaliandsolutionswithapHvaluebelow7.0areacidic.SolutionswithapHvalueof7.0areneutral.

Description:

Chemists choose selective natural indicators (such as litmus) to indicate specific pH levels based on their colour changes. Many plant pigments act as acid-base indicators and we can now appreciate why some of these pigment molecules behave the way they do. The blue and red pigments of flowers were isolated and extensivelystudiedbyR. M. WillstatterjustbeforetheoutbreakoftheFirstWorldWar.Manyindicatorscanbeextractedfromplantsotherslikephenolphthaleinand methyl orange are synthetic. The substances in the plant products such as tea, red cabbage or grapes react with acids or bases resulting in changes at the molecular level which causes their colour to be different at different pH levels. Red cabbage juice a natural pH indicator which is known to contain anthocynins which are pigments that react in a different way to acids and bases.

Cyanidin-based compounds make apples, autumn leaves, roses, strawberries, and cranberry juice red. They make blueberries, cornflowers and violets blue. FewexamplesofnaturalpHindicators:-

Alizarinisanorangedyepresentintherootofthemadderplant;itwasusedtodye wool in ancientEgypt,Persia,andIndia.Ina0.5%alcoholsolution,alizarinisyellowatpH5.5andredatpH6.8.Severalsyntheticmodificationsofalizarinare also used as acid/base indicators.

189

Cochineal is an acid-base indicator made from the bodies of dried female cochineal insects,foundinMexicoandCentralAmerica.You'llhavetogrindabout70,000insectstomakeonepoundofdryindicator.Thepowderisabout10%carminicacidwhich is yellow in acidic solution and deep violet in alkaline solution. Cochineal solutions are not used much as acid/base indicators these days.

• Curcuminorturmericyellowisanaturaldyefoundincurrypowder.ItturnsfromyellowatpH7.4toredatpH8.6.

• Esculinisafluorescentdyethatcanbeextractedfromtheleavesandbarkofthehorsechestnuttree.You'llneedtoshineablack(ultraviolet)lightontheindicatortogetthefulleffect.EsculinchangesfromcolourlessatpH1.5tofluorescentblueatpH.

Isprobablythemostreadilyavailableacid/baseindicator;itistheplantpigmentthat makes red cabbage purple, cornflower blue and poppies red.

It changes colour from red in acid solution to purplish to green in mildly alkaline solution to yellow in very alkaline solution. The colour changes for red cabbage juiceareshowntotheright.Litmusisabluedyeextractedfromvariousspeciesof lichens. Although these lichens grow in many parts of the world, almost all litmusisextractedandpackagedinHolland.LitmusisredatpH4.5andbluearoundpH8.3.Whilemostlitmusisusedtomakelitmuspapers,someareusedas colouring agents for beverages.

Flowers that Indicate pH

There are several flowers that are natural indicators of pH. Delphinium, geranium, morning glory, pansy, petunia, primrose, rose, tulip and violet all indicate high or low levels of acid in the soil, depending on the colour changes in the solution. But the simplest to use are marigolds, hydrangeas, red cabbage and red wine because the natural pigments in these flowers, vegetables and wine will change based on the pH of the soil in question.

Vegetables that Indicate pH

Many vegetables also indicate high or low levels of acid in the soil, including beets, carrots, onions, red or purple cabbage, radishes and rhubarb.

Berries that indicate pHBerries can indicate the soil pH. Both black and blueberries, cherries, the leaves of horse chestnuts and strawberries can indicate whether the soil has a low or high level of pH. The key elements in soil that determine how healthy your garden

190

will be are nitrogen, pH, phosphorous and potassium. In addition to watching the different pigments in garden berries, flowers or vegetables you might want to perform a soil pH test every few years.

Theory of Indicator [7]

An indicator is a substance which is used to determine the end point in a titration. In acid-base titrations, organic substances (weak acids or weak bases) are generally used as indicators. They change their colour within a certain pH range. The colour change and the pH range of some common indicators are tabulatedbelow:

Indicator pH range Colour Change1.MethylOrange 3.2-4.5 PinktoYellow2.MethylRed 4.4-6.5 RedtoYellow3.Litmus 5.5-7.5 Red to Blue4.PhenolRed 6.8-8.4 YellowtoRed5.Phenolphthalein 8.3-10.5 Colourless to Pink

Theory of Acid-base Indicators:

Twotheorieshavebeenproposedtoexplainthechangeofcolourofacid-baseindicators with change in pH.

Ostwald's Theory: Accordingtothistheory:

(a) The colour change is due to ionisation of the acid-base indicator. The unionised form has different colour than the ionised form.

(b) The ionisation of the indicator is largely affected in acids and bases as it is either a weak acid or a weak base. In case, the indicator is a weak acid, its ionisationisverymuchlowinacidsduetocommonH+ionswhileitisfairlyionised in alkalies. Similarly, if the indicator is a weak base its ionisation is highinacidsandlowinalkaliesduetocommonOH-ions.Consideringtwo important indicators phenolphthalein (a weak acid) and methyl orange (aweakbase),Ostwaldtheorycanbeillustratedasfollows:

Phenolphthalein:ItcanberepresentedasHPh.Itionisesinsolutiontoasmallextentas:

HPh ↔H++Ph-

Colourless Pink

191

Natural Indicators [8]

There are many natural pH indicators. Basically, a pH indicator is any substance that can indicate the degree of acidity or basicity of a given solution usually throughcolorchanges.UsuallywhenyouthinkofapHindicator,youthinkoflitmus paper in high school chemistry class. The natural pH indicators also called acid-base indicators are typically derived from plants. The most common natural pH indicator is anthocyanin found in most plants that are coloured red, blue, or violet.

Thelistofsomenaturalindicatorsislistedbelow:1.RedCabbage2.RosePetals3.BlueorRedGrapes4.IpomoeaBiloba5.Hydrangeamacrophylla

1. Red Cabbage [9]

Fig. 2 Red CabbagePlant : Red cabbageScientific classificationKingdom : PlantaeSubkingdom : Eudicots

192

Subclass : AsteridaeOrder : BrassicalesFamily : BrassicaceaeGenus : BrassicaSpecies : B.Oleracea

Description [10]

The botanical name for cabbage is Brassica oleracea capitata. The EnglishnamecabbagecomesfromtheFrenchcaboche,meaninghead,referringtoits round form. The red cabbage (Brassica oleracea var. capitata f. rubra) is a sort of cabbage also known as purple cabbage, red kraut, or blue kraut after preparation. Its leaves are coloured dark red/purple. However, the plant changes its colour according to the pH value of the soil due to a pigment belonging to anthocyanins (flavins). In acidic soils, the leaves grow more reddish, in neutral soils they will grow to be purple while in an alkaline soil it will produce rather greenish-yellowcolouredcabbages.Thisexplainsthefactthatthesameplantis known by different colours in various regions.

Chemical Constituents

Red cabbage juice contains anthocyanin and can be used as a pH indicator. It isred,pink,ormagentainacids,(pH<7),purpleinneutralsolutions(pH~7)andrangesfrombluetogreentoyellowinalkalinesolutions(pH>7)

pH indicator

Fig. 3 pH test

Colour Pink Dark Red Violet BlueBlue

Green

Green

YellowApproxpH 1-2 3-4 5-7 8 9-10 11-12Acid/Base Acid Acid Acid/Neutral Base Base Base

193

Red cabbage juice is a good indicator of pH since it contains a wide range of colours. Red cabbage is rich in a pigment called Cyanidin which is one of several anthocyanidin pigments found in plants. Red cabbage contains a pigment molecule called flavin, an anthocyanin. Acidic solutions turn anthocyanin a red color.Neutralsolutionsproduceapurplishcolour.RedcabbageisusefulasapH indicator because the leaves contain a pigment molecule from the family of anthocyanins (shown below) which are responsible for many of the red/purple/blue colours observed in fruits and vegetables. In neutral solutions, the colour observed is purple. As the solution becomes more acidic a red color results. Increasing the pH in basic solutions changes the colour from blue to green and at high pH the solution is observed as greenish-yellow.

2. Rose [11]

Plant Profile

Fig. 4 Rose

Plant : Rose plantScientific classification:-Kingdom : PlantaeSubkingdom : EudicotsSubclass : AsteridaeOrder : Rosales

194

Family : RosaceaeSubfamily : RosoideaeGenus : RosaSpecies : Hulthemia

Description

Thereareover100 species. They formagroupofplants that canbeerectshrubs, climbing or trailing with stems that are often armed with sharp prickles. Flowers vary in size and shape and are usually large and showy in coloursranging from white through yellows and reds. Most species are native to Asia, withsmallernumbersnative toEurope,NorthAmericaandnorthwestAfrica.Species, cultivars and hybrids are all widely grown for their beauty and often are fragrant.Roseplantsrangeinsizefromcompact,miniatureroses,toclimbersthatcanreach7metersinheight.Theleavesarebornealternatelyonthestem.Inmostspeciestheyare5to15centimetres(2.0to5.9inches)long,pinnate,with(3–)5–9(–13)leafletsandbasalstipules;theleafletsusuallyhaveaserratedmargin, and often a few small prickles on the underside of the stem. Most roses are deciduous but a few (particularly from South east Asia) are evergreen or Theflowersofmostspecieshavefivepetals,withtheexceptionofRosasericea,whichusuallyhasonlyfour.Eachpetalisdividedintotwodistinctlobesandisusually white or pink, though in a few species yellow or red. Beneath the petals are five sepals (or in the case of some Rosa sericea, four). These may be long enough to be visible when viewed from above and appear as green points alternating with the rounded petals. There are multiple superior ovaries that develop into achens. Roses are insect-pollinated in nature.12

Species

The genus Rosa is subdivided into four sub genera:

Hulthemia (formerly Simplicifoliae, meaning "with single leaves") containing one or two species from southwest Asia, R. persica and Rosa berberifolia which are the only roses without compound leaves or stipules. Hesperrhodos (from Greek for "westernrose")containsRosaminutifoliaandRosastellatafromNorthAmerica.Platyrhodon (from Greek for "flaky rose", referring to flaky bark) is with one species fromeastofAsia,Rosaroxburghii.Rosa(thetypesubgenus)containingalltheotherroses.Thissubgenusissubdividedinto11sections.

195

Chemical Constituents:

TherosehipusuallyfromR.caninaisusedasaminorsourceofVitaminC.Thefruits of many species have significant levels of vitamins and have been used as a food supplement. Many roses have been used in herbal and folk medicines. Rosa chinensis has long been used in Chinese traditional medicine. This and other species have been used for stomach problems, and are being investigated for Ergonovine(ergometrine)

Use

Roses are best known as ornamental plants grown for their flowers in the garden and sometimes indoors. They have been also used for commercial perfumery and commercial cut flower crops. Some are used as landscape plants, for hedging andforotherutilitarianpurposessuchasgamecoverandslopestabilization.

Pests and Diseases

Wild roses are host plants for a number of pests and diseases. Cultivated roses are often subject to severe damage from insect, arachnid and fungal pests and diseases.

3. Hydrangea macrophylla [13]

Fig. 5 Hydrangea macrophyllaPlant : HydrangeamacrophyllaScientific classificationKingdom : Plantae

196

Subclass : AsteridaeOrder : CornalesFamily : HydrangeaceaeGenus : HydrangeaSpecies : H.macrophylla

Description:-Hydrangea macrophylla is a species native to China and Japan. It is adeciduousshrubgrowingto2m(7ft)tallby2.5m(8ft)broadwithlargeheadsof pink or blue flowers in summer and autumn. Common names include big leaf hydrangea,Frenchhydrangea,lacecaphydrangea,mopheadhydrangea,pennymac and hortensia. It is widely cultivated in many parts of the world in many climates.ItisnottobeconfusedwithPH.aspera'Macrophylla'.

The term macrophylla means large- or long-leaved. The opposite leaves can grow to15cm(6inches)inlength.Theyaresimple,membranous,orbiculartoellipticand acuminate. They are generally serrated. The inflorescence of Hydrangea macrophylla is a corymb with all flowers placed in a plane or a hemisphere or even a whole sphere in cultivated forms. Two distinct types of flowers can be identified: central non-ornamental fertile flowers and peripheral ornamentalflowers, usually described as "sterile". A study of several cultivars showed that all the flowers were fertile but the non-ornamental flowers were pentamers while the decorativeflowersweretetramers.Floweringlastsfromearlysummertoearlywinter. The fruit is a subglobose capsule.

Chemical Constituents [13]

Phyllodulcin, hydrangenol and their 8-O-glucosides and thunberginolsA and F can be found in H. macrophyl la. Thunberginol B, thedihydroisocoumarins thunberginol C, D and E, the dihydroisocoumaringlycosidesthunberginolG3'-O-glucosideand(-)-hydrangenol4'-O-glucosideand four kaempferol and quercetin oligoglycoside can be found in Hydrangeae DulcisFolium,theprocessedleavesofH.macrophyllavar.thunbergii.Theleavealsocontainsthestilbenoidhydrangeicacidanthocyanin,delphinidin3-glucoside.

Uses

Amacha is a Japanese beverage made from fermented leaves of Hydrangea macrophylla thunbergii.

197

Leaf-extractsofHydrangeamacrophyllaarebeing investigatedasapossiblesource of new chemical compounds with anti-malarial activity.

Hydrangeic acid from the leaves is being investigated as a possible anti-diabetic drug as it significantly lowered blood glucose, triglyceride and free fatty acid levels in laboratory animals.

• HydrangeaeDulcisFoliumisadrugmadefromthefermentedanddriedleaves of H. macrophylla var. thunbergii with possible antiallergic and antimicrobial properties. It also has a hepatoprotective activity by suppression of D-galactosamine-induced liver injury in vitro and in vivo.

4. Ipomoea Biloba [14]

Plant Profile

Fig. 6 Ipmoea Biloba

Plant : IPOMOEABILOBAScientific classificationKingdom : PlantaeOrder : SolanalesFamily : ConvolvulaceaeTribe : IpomoeeaeGenus : IpomoeaSynonyms : AcmostemonPilg.BatatasChoisy

198

Description

Ipomoea biloba is a plant of runner variety commonly found in the coastal region throughoutthestateofKerala,India(Nadkarni,1994).Thenamebilobawascoined due to its feature in leaf – the leaf of the plant appears as two lobes hence the name biloba. The plant is also called as Ipomoea pescaprae (Germplasm resources information network). The flower of the plant is pink colored and the plant belongs toConvolvulaceae family (Khare, 2007) [17] .The plant is yearly flowering and easily available in sea shores throughout the Arabian Sea. Ipomoea is the largest genus in the flowering plant family Convolvulaceae, withover500 species. It isa largeanddiversegroupwith commonnamesincluding morning glory, sweet potato, bindweed, moonflower etcetera. The most widespread common name is morning glories but there are also species in related genera bearing the same common name. Those formerly separated in Calonyction (Greek καλός, kalos meaning good and νύκτα, nycta meaning night) are called moonflowers.[18] The generic name is derived from Greek words ιπς (ips) or ιπος (ipos), meaning "worm" or "bindweed," and όμοιος (homoios) meaning "resembling"

Chemical Constituents

Ergine (D-Lysergic Acid Amide)

199

Ergonovine (Ergometrine)

Humans use Ipomoea for their content of medical and psychoactive compounds, mainly alkaloids. Some species are renowned for their properties in folk medicineandherbalism,forexample,VeraCruzjalap(I.jalapa)andTampicojalap (I. simulans) are used to produce jalap, a cathartic preparation accelerating the passage of stool. Kiribadu Ala (giant potato, I. mauritiana) is one of the many ingredientsofChyawanprash,theancientAyurvedictoniccalled"theelixiroflife"foritswide-rangingproperties.Ergolinederivatives(lysergamides)areprobablyresponsible for the entheogenic activity. Ergine (LSA), isoergine, D-lysergicacidN(fihydroxyethyl)amideandlysergolhavebeenisolatedfromI.tricolor,I.violacea and/or purple morning glory (I. purpurea).

Uses:

Most species have spectacular, colorful flowers and are often grown as ornamentals and a number of cultivars have been developed. Their deep flowers attract large Lepidoptera - especially Sphingidae such as the pink-spotted hawk moth (Agrius cingulata) - or even hummingbirds. [20]

Thegenusincludesfoodcrops:thetubersofsweetpotatoes(Ipomoeabatatas)andthe leaves of water spinach (I. aquatica) are commercially important food items

200

and have been for millennia. The sweet potato is one of the Polynesian "canoe plants" transplanted by settlers on islands throughout the Pacific. Water spinach is used all over eastern Asia and the warmer regions of the Americas as a key componentofwell-knowndishes,suchasCanhchuaraumufing(Mekongsoursoup)orcallaloo,itsnumerouslocalnamesattesttoitspopularity.Otherspeciesareusedona smaller scale, for example, thewhitestarpotato (I. lacunosa)traditionallyeatenbysomeNativeAmericanssuchastheChiricahuaApachesor the Australian bush potato (I. costata).

Pests and Diseases

Many herbivores avoid morning glories such as Ipomoea, as the high alkaloid contentmakestheseplantsunpalatable,ifnottoxic.Nonetheless,Ipomoeaspeciesare used as food plants by the caterpillars of certain Lepidoptera (butterflies and moths);seelistofLepidopterawhichfeedonIpomoea.Foraselectionofdiseasesof the sweet potato (I. batatas) many of which also infect other members of this genus.

5. Grapes [15]

Plant Profile

Fig. 7 Grapes

201

Plant : Grapes 2.2 Scientific classificationKingdom : PlantaeSubclass :AsteridaeOrder :CornalesFamily :Vitisvinifera,Genus : Vitis.Species : Vitislabrusca

Description

A grape is a fruit ing berry of the deciduous woody vines of the botanical genus Vitis.Grapes can be eaten raw or they can be used formakingwine,jam,juice,jelly,grapeseedextract,raisins,vinegar,andgrapeseed oil. Grapes are a non-climacteric type of fruit generally occurring in clusters.

Grapesareatypeoffruitthatgrowinclustersof15to300andcanbecrimson,black, dark blue, yellow, green, orange and pink. "White" grapes are actually green in color and are evolutionarily derived from the purple grape. Mutations in two regulatory genes of white grapes turn off production of anthocyanins which are responsible for the color of purple grapes. Anthocyanins and other pigment chemicals of the larger family of polyphenols in purple grapes are responsible for the varying shades of purple in red wines. Grapes are typically an ellipsoid shape resembling a prolate spheroid.

Distribution

According to the Food andAgricultureOrganization (FAO), 75,866 squarekilometersoftheworldarededicatedtograpes.Approximately71%ofworldgrapeproductionisusedforwine,27%asfreshfruitand2%asdriedfruit.Aportion of grape production goes to producing grape juice to be reconstituted forfruitscanned"withnoaddedsugar"and"100%natural".Theareadedicatedtovineyardsisincreasingbyabout2%peryear.

Seedless Grapes [16]

Seedless cultivars now make up the overwhelming majority of table grape plantings because grapevines are propagated through vegetative cuttings, the lack of seeds does not present a problem for reproduction. It is an issue for

202

breeders who must either use a seeded variety as the female parent or rescue embryos early in development using tissue culture techniques. An offset to the improved eating quality of seedlessness is the loss of potential health benefits provided by the enriched phytochemical content of grape seeds (see Health Claims, below).

Chemical Constituents:

Resveratrol [17]

Synthesizedbymanyplants,resveratrolapparentlyservesantifungalandotherdefensive properties. Dietary resveratrol has been shown to modulate the metabolismof lipidsand to inhibitoxidationof low-density lipoproteinsandaggregationofplatelets.Freshgrapeskincontainsabout50to100microgramsof resveratrol per gram. Anthocyanins and other phenolics [18] Anthocyanins tendtobethemainpolyphenolicsinpurplegrapeswhereasflavan-3-ols(i.e.catechins) are the more abundant phenolic in white varieties.

Uses

Apart from potential benefits of alcohol itself, including reduced platelet aggregation and vasodilation, polyphenols Alteration of molecular mechanisms in blood vessels, reducing susceptibility to vascular damage. Decreased activity of angiotensin, a systemic hormone causing blood vessel constriction that would elevate blood pressure and lead to increased production of the vasodilator hormone, nitric oxide(endothelium-derivedrelaxingfactor)[19].

Conclusion

In general use, herbs are used for flavoring, food, medicine, or perfume. InbotanicalEnglish,theword"herb"isalsousedasasynonymof"herbaceousplant". Herbs have a variety of uses including culinary, medicinal and in some cases spiritual usage. All pH indicators changes colors depending upon whether they donate or accept protons. Therefore, pH indicators are themselves acids or bases.NaturaldyesindicatespecificpHlevelsbasedontheirchemicalchanges.Testing the pH of substances is very important. If the pH of your blood changes by just a fraction of a level, it could kill you. The pH can be tested by using an indicatorwhichwillchangecolouraccordingtothepH.FromthepHitcanbedetermined either the liquid is an acid or base and calculate the concentration ofH+ions

203

Drawbacks with Available Synthetic Indicatorsa) It is easier to produce natural indicators than it is to produce synthetic indicators.

b)Naturalindicatorsaremuchcheaperthansyntheticindicators.

c) The results produced by a synthetic indicator are not more reliable than the results produced by any natural indicator.

Advantages of Natural Indicators:

a) Thenaturalindicatorsarenontoxic,non-irritant.

b) Naturalindicatorsareeco–friendly.

c) Litmus is beneficial to determine whether something is acidic or alkaline becauseit'seasytogetared,red-blueorblue-redwhichisveryeasytodetermine.

TherearemanynaturalpHindicatorsavailableforuse.Nearlyanyplantthatisred, blue, or violet will work as a pH indicator because of the anthocyanin that gives the plant its lovely color.

References:1. Herbs, Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia.

2. Herbalism, Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia.

3. Nunn,John.(2002).AncientEgyptianMedicine.UniversityofOklahomaPress.pp.151

4. Dasilva, E. J., Baydoun E., & Badran A. (2002). Biotechnology andDevelopingWorld.ElectronicJournalofBiotechnology,Voulme-5,pp320-322.

5. Herz, R. S., & J.,Neurosci. (2009). Aroma therapy Facts and Fiction: AScientificAnalysis.Intpp263–290.

6. Ingrid,J.etal.(2001).NaturalpHIndicators:Whataretheyandhowdotheywork?.AcidsandBases.NelsonScience

7. Kirurhiga,B.,DeptofPharmaceuticalChemistry;TheoryofIndicators.

8. Helmenstine, A. M., Ph.D., Home and Garden pH Indicators.

9. RedCabbage,FromWikipedia,thefreeencyclopedia.

204

10. FilipponeP.T.(2006).CabbageHistory-ThehistoryofcabbageasfoodJacquesCartierbroughtcabbagetotheAmericas,pp.288.

11. Rose,FromWikipedia,thefreeencyclopedia.

12. MabberleyD.J.(1997).Theplantbook:Aportabledictionaryofthevascularplants.CambridgeUniversityPress,Cambridge,pp.488.

13. Hydrangeamacrophylla,FromWikipedia,thefreeencyclopedia.

14. IpomoeaBiloba,FromWikipedia,thefreeencyclopedia

15.Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia Grapes.

16. Reisch,B.I.,Peterson,D.V.,&Martens,M.H.(2008).“SeedlessGrapes”,CornellUniversity,NewYorkStateAgriculturalExperimentStation,retrieve

17. Das, S., & Das D. K. (2007). Resveratrol: A therapeutic promise forcardiovascular diseases. Recent patents on cardiovascular drug discovery, pp.133–138.

18. Mattivi,F.,Guzzon,R.,Vrhovsek,U.Stefanini,M.,&Velasco,R.(2006)."MetaboliteProfilingofGrape:FlavonolsandAnthocyanins". JournalofAgriculturalandFoodChemistry;2006,pp.7692–7702.

19. Chan,W.K.,&Delucchi,A.B.(2000).Resveratrol:Aredwineconstituentisamechanism-basedinactivatorofcytochrome,pp.3103–3112.

205

cYcLooxYGEnaSE 3 InhIbITIon: A PROBABLE MECHANISM OF ACETAMINOPHEN IN HUMAN- A REVIEwIswar Hazarika1 & Dr. Panner Selvam2

AbstractThe key rate-limiting step in prostanoid and thromboxane biosynthesis is catalyzed by Cyclooxygenases (COXs) and is the target of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). Until recently, the existence of only two isoforms—COX-1 and COX-2—remained under debate as the anti-pyretic and analgesic property of acetaminophen (paracetamol) could not be explained by mere COX-1 or COX-2 blockades. A novel COX-1 splice variant termed COX-3, sensitive to acetaminophen was recently discovered in dog brain by Simmons et al., and is considered to play a major role in the biosynthesis of prostanoids known to be significant mediators in pain and fever. Drugs that preferential block COX-1 also appear to act at COX-3. However, at the nucleotide sequence level in humans the existence of COX-3 is questionable. A functional COX-3 in humans is still perplexing, underlining that the concept of COX-3 is still attractive.

Keywords: Prostanoid,ThromboxaneBiosynthesis,Cyclooxygenases,NonsteroidalAnti-InflammatoryDrugs,Acetaminophen

1. AssistantProfessor,DepartmentofPharmacology,T.JohnCollegeofPharmacy.

2. AssociateProfessor,DepartmentofPharmaceutics,T.JohnCollegeofPharmacy.

206

Introduction:

Althoughhumanshavebeenusingnon-steroidanti-inflammatorydrugs(NSAIDs)invariousformsformorethan3,500years,themechanismofactionofNSAIDswasproposedbySirJohnVanein1971throughtheirinhibitionofprostaglandinbiosynthesisviatheenzymecyclooxygenase(COXorprostaglandinH2synthase).[1]Someyearslaterin1990,agroupofresearcherdiscoveredthepresenceof at least two isoforms,COX1 andCOX2. [2] Almost all available non-specificNSAIDs block bothCOX isoforms,which candiminish the amountsofprostaglandins formedbyCOX-1andCOX-2.However,despite this longhistory and large volume of use we still have an incomplete understanding of howtheNSAIDsachievetheiractions.Mostrecently,MolecularBiology,alongwith Pharmacology, Dan Simmon’s and Chandrasekharan’s group reported the discoveryofanovelcyclo-oxygenaseenzymevariantindogsbrain“COX3”thatcouldbethetargetofacetaminophenandotheranalgesicantipyreticdrugs.[3,4]ThisCOXenzymewasavariantofCOX1andderivedfromthesamegene.TheimportanceofCOX-3isthatitcouldexplainthepharmacologicalactionsof paracetamol and other antipyretic analgesic drugs which are weak inhibitors ofCOX-1andCOX-2[5]butpenetrateeasilyintothecentralnervoussystem[6]Non-steroidanti-inflammatorydrugs(NSAIDs),suchasdiclofenacoribuprofenarealsopotentinhibitorsofCOX-3expressedinculturedcells[3],butbeinghighlypolartheyareunlikelytoreachbrainCOX-3ineffectiveconcentrations.

Here, we discuss some of the implications drawn from the identification of additional functionalcyclooxygenasemembers in thegenerationofbioactiveautacoids.

Pathway of Prostaglandin and Thromboxane Synthesis:

TheabilityofNSAIDstoreducetheformationofprostaglandinwasassociatedwithinhibitionofCOXwhichconvertsarachidonicacidtotheprostaglandinprecursorprostaglandin(PG)H2.[1]TheprostanoidfamilywasrevealedthroughassociatedstudiesandPGH2wasshowntobetheprecursorforprostanoidsincludingPGD2,PGE2,PGF2,PGI2,andthromboxaneA2.[7]AgeneralschematicpathwayofProstaglandinandThromboxanesynthesisaregiveninFig1.

207

Action of Prostaglandins and Thromboxanes

Understanding that theNSAIDs inhibited prostanoid formation led to anappreciation of the mechanisms underlying the effects of these drugs. At sites of inflammation,thelocalproductionofprostanoidssuchasPGE2cansensitizepainnerve endings and increase blood flow, promoting feelings of pain and driving tissueswellingandredness[1,5].InhibitionofPGE2formationviatheinhibitionoflocalCOXcouldthereforeexplaintheanti-inflammatoryeffectsofNSAIDs.Similarly,prostanoidssuchasPGI2andPGE2werefoundtobeprotectivetothestomachandsoinhibitionoftheirformationprovidedanexplanationforthegastrointestinaltoxicityassociatedwithprolongedandhigh-doseuseofNSAIDs[1,5,8].TheinhibitionofCOXinplateletsprovidedanexplanationfortheabilityofaspirintoreducebloodclotting[9].

208

But still there were a number of questions that remained unanswered through the1970sand1980s.Forinstance,why,whenusedatsimilaranti-inflammatorydoses,were theNSAIDsdifferently toxic to thegastrointestinal tract [5,10]?Also,howdidacetaminophenfitintothisscheme?DiditactbyinhibitingCOX?Intriguingly,testtubeexperimentsshowedthatacetaminophenmightselectivelytargettheCOXpresentinthebrain[11].Couldthisexplainwhyitwasanalgesicand antipyretic but not anti-inflammatory?

ThenextgreatstepforwardinourunderstandingoftheNSAIDscameintheearly 1990swith the demonstration that there were two isoforms ofCOX:COX-1,whichwasconstitutivelyexpressed,andCOX-2,whichwasinducible[1, 5, 12–15].COX-2was rapidly up-regulated at inflammatory sites andappearedresponsiblefortheformationofproinflammatoryprostanoids.COX-1,meanwhile, appeared to shoulder the responsibility for the production ofphysiologically relevant prostanoids such as those in the stomach and platelets [1,5].PharmacologydefinedtheselectivityofexistingNSAIDsontheseCOXenzymes[1,5,16]andplayedakeyrole inproducinganewgenerationofCOX-2-selectivedrugs(nowsellinginvastquantity).Thesedrugswould,itwashoped,beanti-inflammatoryasgoodasthetraditionalNSAIDsbuthavemuchreducedtoxicsideeffects,particularlyonthegastrointestinaltract[1,5].Althoughprovidingamuch-neededleapinourunderstanding,theCOX-1_-2modeldidnotappeartoexplaineverything.EventhoughininflammatorymodelsCOX-2inhibitorswereasactiveastraditionalNSAIDs,workedsimilarlyinbothhumanandanimalmodelsofpain,andreducedfeverinasimilarwaytotheNSAIDs[1,5,16],therewerestillsomeconfusingissues.Forexample,thewidespreaduseofthenewergenerationofCOX-2-selectivecompoundsdemonstratedthatCOX-2also had physiological roles, being involved, for instance, in the maintenance offluidbalancebythekidney[18].

Probable Mechanism of Paracetamol

TheCOX-1/-2modelwasalsonotaccommodating to thecharacteristicsofacetaminophen:althoughitsantipyreticandanalgesiceffectsmightbeexplainedbyinhibitionofCOX-2,whywasacetaminophennotanti-inflammatory[19]?DanSimmon’sgroupsuggeststhisisbecauseofthepresenceofavariantofCOX-1,whichtheyhavenamedCOX-3,thatis,especiallysensitivetoacetaminophenandrelatedcompounds [3]. If thisenzymewereparticularlyexpressed in thebrain,coulditexplainboththecharacteristicsofacetaminophenandFlowerandVane’sfindings?[11]Itisdifficulttoproduceanunequivocalreply,butletustryto approach an answer by drawing on what we know about acetaminophen and therolesofCOX-1and-2.Tobeginwith,letusconsiderfever,becausepyresis

209

is a more simply modeled process than analgesia. Interestingly, and at odds with Chandrasekharan et al. [3],studiesoftheprostanoid-producingenzymeunderlyingpyresisassociateittoneitherCOX-1proteinnortheCOX-1gene.Forinstance,inmice,itisdeletionoftheCOX-2butnotoftheCOX-1gene(whichalsoencodesCOX-3)thatbluntspyresis[20].Inaddition,COX-2-selectiveinhibitors,whichwillreactweaklywiththeCOX-3enzymaticsite,becauseitisidenticaltothatinCOX-1,areasgoodatreducingfeversimilarlyastraditionalNSAIDs[21–24].ThefeverresponsehasalsobeenclearlyassociatedwitharapidinductionofCOX-2expressionandanassociatedincreaseinPGE2production[25],withnoroleforCOX-1oraCOX-1geneproduct(e.g.,COX-3).Finally,the sitesofCOX-3expressiondonotappear toaccordwellwith those sitesassociatedwithfever,andwemightexpecttoseetheproteinpresentwithinthehypothalamus[26]ratherthanthecerebralcortex.AlltheseconsiderationsappeartoargueagainsttheCOX-3ofChandrasekharanet al. [3]beingthesiteoftheantipyreticactionsofNSAIDsandCOX-2-selectiveagents.However,theresults

210

from Chandrasekharan et al. could be read as showing that acetaminophen actsatadifferentsitetotheotherNSAIDsandthatmorethanoneCOXisoformcontributes to the fever response.

Pain is a more difficult process to unravel. As outlined above, prostanoids producedatsitesofinflammationcansensitizenerveendingsandsopromotethe localized feelingsofpainassociatedwith inflammatoryeventsand tissueinjury[27].TheseprostanoidscanbeproducedbyCOX-2inducedbythelocalinflammatory processes. How then does acetaminophen bring about its analgesic effects, because it is not a peripheral anti-inflammatory? With the discovery of COX-2,neweffortshavebeenmadetocomprehendtherolesofprostanoidswithinthecentralnervoussystem(CNS).ItappearsthatCOX-2isconstitutivelyexpressedintheCNSandalsorapidlyup-regulatedtoreinforcepainperception[28, 29].Could acetaminophen act on thisCNS enzyme?COX-2-selectiveinhibitors appear to produce analgesic responses at least as good as traditional NSAIDsininflammatory,dental,orpostoperativepain[30-32].Theseactivitieswouldsupport,asabove,aroleforCOX-2oraCOX-2variantratherthanaCOX-1variant.Butmaybeacetaminophentargetsanadditionalenzyme.WeknowtheremaybebothredundancyandcompensatoryincreasesinCOXenzymes;forinstance,COX-2maybeupregulatedwhenCOX-1isinhibitedinthestomach[33].Furthermore,DanSimmon’sgrouphaspreviouslyproposedtheexistenceofanisoformofCOX-2thatisparticularlysensitivetoacetaminophen[4,34].

Fromtheabove,itseemsthatthemostsignificantimplicationofthestudyofChandrasekharan et al. [3]isthatmultipleCOXisoenzymescouldbederivedfromjusttwodistinctgenesprovidingaCOXcontinuumofenzymesandproducts(Fig.2).CouldthepresenceofmultipleisoformsofCOX-1and-2explainwhytherearesomanydifferentNSAIDsonthemarketandwhydifferentpatientsappeartobenefitfromdifferenttypesofNSAID?IfweexpressvariantsofCOX-1and-2,coulddifferentdrugsinhibitdifferentvariantstodifferentextents?Indeed,couldthesefindingshelpusunderstandsomeofthesideeffectsofNSAIDsandCOX-2-selectiveinhibitors?Forexample,muchrecentattentionhasbeenpaidtotheabilityofCOX-2-selectiveinhibitorstoreducecirculatingPGI2levelsandtothehypothesisthatthiscouldbelinkedtoanincreaseinthromboticrisk[35].Interestingly,acetaminophenalsoreducescirculatingPGI2levels[36],yetitisnotaselectiveCOX-2inhibitor.CouldthisPGI2actuallybeformedbytheCOX-3that Chandrasekharan et al. [3]havefoundintheheartandaorta?OrcouldvariedproductsfromjusttwodistinctgenesprovideafamilyofCOXproteinswithoverlapping contributions to prostanoid production throughout the body? Might bothinducibleCOX-2andCOX-3beinvolvedinthefeverresponse,whereasbothconstitutiveCOX-2andCOX-3contributetothecirculatoryproductionofPGI2?WeknowthatbothCOX-1and-2haveconstitutiverolesinthekidney.All

211

this has yet to be understood but as we continue to push toward an understanding it is important to note that Chandrasekharan et al.’s study also tells us that modificationsinregionsoftheCOXmoleculeotherthantheenzymaticsitemayinfluence inhibitor selectivity possibly by affecting the interplay with other active intracellularspecies[37].Intermsofour3,500-yearquesttounderstandthemechanismofactionoftheNSAIDs,DanSimmon’sgrouphasprovidedanothersignificant step forward.

ConclusionSomerecentandexcitingscientificdiscoveriessurroundingCOXhaveledtoafurther conceptual understanding and much confusion in the scientific literature about formation, action and nomenclature of these prostanoid-producing enzymes.Presently, thereremainjustahandfulofresearchpapersavailableregardingtheseCOXvariantdiscoveries.Ultimately,however,thereisnotanyconcretescientificevidenceforanactualthirdindependentCOXgeneintheliterature todate.AlthoughCOX isoenzymesarepresentlyderived from twodistinctgenesthisdoesnotruleoutthepossibilityofotherundiscoveredCOXgenes.With thewisdomof retrospectionwe can be confident thatCOX-1,COX-2andtheirvariantswillalldemonstratephysiologicalandpathologicalroles. Whether or not a consequential target of acetaminophen activity has been actually discovered still remains to be seen. Perhaps the most pertinent scientific questionthatremainstobecomprehendedsurroundingCOXiswhyaretheresomany.ThedeterminationofthisperplexityandaswiftripostemaylieinoureventualunderstandingofthenaturalsubstratesforCOXotherthanarachidonicacid.Optimistically,theseCOXvariantsmayeventuallyleadtomoreeffectivepain relievers, anti-inflammatories, anti-pyretics, anti-cancer agents or treatments forAlzheimer’sandotherconditions.Undoubtedly,andallof thesepotentialindicationsandavenueswillsurelybeexploited(ifpossible)bypharmaceuticalcompanies in the future.

References1. Vane,J.R.Inhibitionofprostaglandinsynthesisasamechanismofaction

for aspirin-like drugs. Nat New Bio, 1971;231(25):232-235.

2. Fu,J.Y.,MasferrerJ.L.,Seibert,K.,Raz,A.,&NeedlemanP.TheinductionandsuppressionofprostaglandinH2synthase(cylcooxygenase)inhumanmonocytes. J Biol Chem,1990;265(28):1727-1740.

3. Chandrasekharan,N.V.,Dai,H.,Roos,K.L.,Evanson,N.K.,Tomsik,J.,Elton,T.S.,&Simmons,D.L.(2002).COX-3,acyclooxygenase-1variant

212

inhibitedbyacetaminophenandotheranalgesic/antipyreticdrugs:cloning,structure,andexpression.Proc Natl Acad Sci U. S. A,99(21):13926-31.

4. Simmons,D. L.,Botting,RM.,RobertsonM.,MadsenML.,&Vane, J.R. (1999). Inductionof anacetaminophensensitive cyclooxygenasewithreduced sensitivity to nonsteroid antiinflammatory drugs. Proc Natl Acad Sci U. S. A.,96(6):3275-80.

5. Mitchell,J.A.,Akarasereenont,P.,Thiemermann,C.,Flower,R.J.,&Vane,J.R.(1993).Selectivityofnonsterioidalanti-inflammatorydrugsasinhibitorsofconstitutiveandinduciblecyclooxygenase.Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 1993;90(24):11693–11697.

6. Courade, J. P., Besse,D., Delchambre,C., Hanoun,N., Hamon,M.,Eschalier, A., Caussade, F., & Cloarec, A. (2001). Acetaminophendistributionintheratcentralnervoussystem,LifeSci.691455–1464.

7. Samuelsson,B.(1983).Anelucidationofthearachidonicacidcascade.Discoveryofprostaglandins,thromboxaneandleukotrienes.BioSci.Rep.,33(1):791–813.

8. Wolfe,M.M., Lichtenstein,D. R., & Singh,G. (1999).Gastrointestinaltoxicityofnonsteroidalanti-inflammatorydrugs.N.Engl.J.Med.340(24):1888–1899.

9. Patrono,C.(2001).Aspirin:newcardiovascularusesforanolddrug.Am.J.Med.110(1A):62S–65S.

10. Henry,D.,Lim,L.L.,Garcia,RodriguezL.A.,PerezGutthann,S.,Carson,J.L.,Griffin,M.,Savage,R.,Logan,R.,Moride,Y.,Hakwey,C.,Hill,S.,&Fries,J.T.(1996).Variabilityinriskofgastrointestinalcomplicationswithindividualnon-steroidalanti-inflammatorydrugs:resultsofacollaborativemeta-analysis.Br.Med.J.312(7046):1563–1566.

11. Flower,R.J.,Vane,J.R.(1972).Inhibitionofprostaglandinsynthetaseinbrainexplainstheanti-pyreticactivityofparacetamol(4-acetamidophenol).Nature,240(5381):410-13.

12. Kujubu,D.A.,Fletcher,B.S.,Varnum,B.C.,Lim,R.W.,&Herschman,H.R.(1991).TIS10,aphorbolestertumorpromoter-induciblemRNAfromSwiss3T3cells,encodesanovelprostaglandinsynthase/cyclooxygenasehomologue. J. Biol. Chem.266(20),12866–12872.

13. Xie,W.L.,Chipman,J.G.,Robertson,D.L.,Erikson,R.L.,Simmons,D.L.(1991).Expressionofmitogen-responsivegeneencodingprostaglandinsynthaseisregulatedbymRNAsplicing.Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.,88(7):2692–2696.

213

14. Fletcher,B.S.,Kujubu,D.A.,Perrin,D.M.,&Herschman,H.R.(1992).Structureofthemitogen-inducibleTIS10geneanddemonstrationthattheTIS10-encodedproteinisafunctionalprostaglandinG/Hsynthase.J. Biol. Chem267(7):4338–4344.

15. O’ Banion,M. K.,Winn, V.D., & Young,D. A. (1992). cDNA cloningand functional activity of a glucocorticoid-regulated inflammatory cyclooxygenase.Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.,89(11):4888–4892.

16. Warner,T.D.,Giuliano,F.,Vojnovic,I.,Bukasa,A.,Mitchell,J.A.,&Vane,J. R. (1999).Nonsteroidal drug selectivity’s for cyclo-oxygenase-2 areassociatedwithhumangastrointestinaltoxicity:afullinvitroanalysis.Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.96(17):7563–7568.

17. Turini,M.E.,&DuBois,R.N. (2002).Cyclooxygenase-2:a therapeutictarget.Annu.Rev.Med.53:35–57.

18. Khan,K.N.,Paulson,S.K.,Verburg,K.M.,Lefkowith,J.B.,&Maziasz,T.J.(2002).Pharmacologyofcyclooxygenase-2inhibitioninthekidney.KidneyInt.61(4):1210–1219.

19. Prescott,L.F.,&Am.,J.Ther.(2000).Paracetamol:pastpresentandfuture.7(2):143–147.

20. Li,S.,Wang,Y.,Matsumura,K.,Ballou,L.R.,Morham,S.G.,&Blatteis,C.M. (1999). The febrile response to lipopolysaccharide is blocked incyclooxygenase-2(-/-),butnot incyclooxygenase-1(-/-)mice.BrainRes,825,86–94.

21. Luong,C.,Miller,A.,Barnett,J.,Chow,J.,Ramesha,C.,&Browner,M.F. (1996).Flexibilityof theNSAIDbindingsite in thestructureofhumancyclooxygenase-2.Nat Struct Biol.1996;3(11):927–933.

22. Kurumbail,R.G.,Stevens,A.M.,Gierse,J.K.,McDonald,J.J.,Stegeman,R.A.,Pak,J.Y.,Gildehaus,D.,Miyashiro,J.M.,Penning,T.D.,Seibert,K.,Isakson,P.C.,&Stallings,W.C.(1996).Structuralbasisforselectiveinhibition of cycloxygenase-2 by anti-inflammatory agents.Nature. 384(6610):644–648.

23. Riendeau, D., Percival,M.D., Boyce, S., Brideau,C., Charleson, S.,Cromlish,W.,Ethier,D.,Evans,J.,Falgueyret,J.P.,&Ford-Hutchinson,A.W.,etal.(1997).BiochemicalandpharmacologicalprofileofatetrasubstitutedfuranoneasahighlyselectiveCOX-2 inhibitor.BrJPharmacol.121(1):105–117.

24. Riendeau,D.,Percival,M.D.,Brideau,C.,Charleson,S.,Dube,D.,Ethier,D.,Falgueyret,J.P.,Friesen,R.W.,Gordon,R.,&Greig,G.,etal.(2001).Etoricoxib(MK-0663):preclinicalprofileandcomparisonwithotheragents

214

that selectively inhibit cyclooxygenase-2. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 296(2),558–566.

25. Cao,C.,Matsumura,K.,Yamagata,K.,&Watanabe,Y.(1996).Endothelialcellsoftheratbrainvasculatureexpresscyclooxygenase-2mRNAinresponseto systemic interleukin-1beta:apossible siteofprostaglandin synthesisresponsibleforfever.BrainRes.733(2):263–272.

26. Aronoff,D.M.,&Neilson,E.G.(2001).Antipyretics:mechanismofactionandclinicaluseinfeversuppression.AmJMed.2001;111(4):304–315.

27. Gordon,S.M.,Brahim,J.S.,Rowan,J.,Kent,A.,&Dionne,R.A.(2002).Peripheral prosanoid levels and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug analgesia: replicateclinical trials in tissue injurymodel.ClinPharmacolTher.72(2):175–183.

28. Samad,T.A.,Moore,K.A.,Sapirstein,A.,Billet,S.,Allchorne,A.,Poole,S.,Bonventre,J.V.,&Woolf,C.J.(2001).Interleukin-1beta-mediatedinductionofCOX-2 in theCNS contributes to inflammatory pain hypersensitivity.Nature.410(6827),471–475.

29. Svensson, C. I., & Yaksh, T. L. (2002). The spinal phospholipase-cyclooxygenase-prostanoidcascadeinnociceptiveprocessing.AnnuRevPharmacolToxicol.42:553–583.

30. Dougados,M.,Behier,J.M.,Jolchine, I.,Calin,A.,vanderHeijde,D.,Oliveri, I., Zeidler, H., &Herman,H. (2001). Efficacy of celecoxib, acyclooxygenase2-specificinhibitorinthetreatmentofankylosingspondylitis:asixweekcontrolledstudywithcomparisonagainstplaceboandagainstaconventionalnonsteroidalanti-inflammatorydrug.ArthritisRheum.44(1),180–185.

31. Chang, D. J., Desjardins, P. J., Chen, E., Polis, A. B.,McAvoy,M.,Mockoviak,S.H.,&Geba,G.P.(2002).Comparisonof theanalgesicefficacyofrofecoxibandenteric-coateddiclofenacsodiuminthetreatmentofpostoperativedentalpain:arandomized,placebo-controlledclinicaltrial.ClinTher.24(4),490–503.

32. Camu,F.,Beecher,T.,Recker,D.P.,&Verburg,K.M.(2002).Valdecoxib,aCOX-2-specific inhibitor, isanefficacious,opioid-sparinganalgesic inpatientsundergoinghiparthroplasty.AmJTher.9(1):43–51.

33. Tanaka,A.,Araki,H.,Hase,S.,Komoike,Y.,&Takeuchi,K.(2002).Up-regulationofCOX-2byinhibitionofCOX-1intherat:akeytoNSAID-inducedgastricinjury.(2002)AlimentPharmacolTher.16(2):90–101.

215

34. Botting,R.(2000).Paracetamol–inhibitableCOX-2.J.Physiol.Pharmacol,51(4Pt1):609–618.

35. FitzGerald,G.A.,&Am.,J.Cardiol.(2002).Cardiovascularpharmacologyofnonselectivenonsteroidalanti-inflammatorydrugsandcoxibs:clinicalconsideration.2002;89(6A):26D–32D.

36. Green,K.,Drvota,V.,&Vesterqvist,O.(1989).Pronouncedreductionofin vivo prostacyclin synthesis in humans by acetaminophen (paracetamol). prostaglandins;37,311–315.

37. Boutaud,O.,Aronoff,D.M.,Richardson,J.H.,Marnett,L.J.,&Oates,J.A.(2002).DeterminantofthecellularspecificityofacetaminophenasaninhibitorofprostaglandinH(2)synthases.Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 99, 7130–7135.

216

GUIDELINES TO AUTHORSSamyoga invites original, research oriented or theoretical papers, articles and

reviews.Givenbelowarethegeneralguidelinesforthecontributors:

• ThepapershouldbetypedinMSWordandtitleofthepapershouldbefollowed by authors(s) name, designations, official address, phone number/s and email address.

• Themanuscriptsshouldbeofanaveragelengthof6,000words.

• Themanuscriptshouldcarryanabstractofabout150-200words.

• BritishEnglishshouldbeusedtowritethearticles.

• TablesandFigures:Tablesandfiguresshouldappearinthedocumentnear/afterwheretheyarereferencedinthetext.Avoidtheuseofoverlysmalltypein tables

• Thetextshouldbejustifiedandthetablesandgraphsshouldbenumberedandcentralized

• FontSize:12pt,FontType:TimesNewRoman

• Papersareacceptedforpublicationontheunderstandingthatthesecontainoriginal unpublished work not submitted for publication anywhere else

• Factofpaperspresented/submittedinaconference/seminarmustbeclearlymentioned at the bottom of the first page of the manuscript and the author should specify with whom the copyright rests.

• Wheneveranycopyrightedmaterialisused,contributorsshouldaccuratelyreproduce, obtain permission from the copyright holders, and the same should be acknowledged in the article

• Reference:Thelistofreferenceshouldbeplacedattheendofthearticleandarrangedinanalphabeticalorderonthebasisofthesurnames.Onlytheworkscitedorreferredtointhemaintextshouldbecitedunderthereference.Followthestructureof:Author’sname,yearofpublication,titleof the work, place of publication, publishers

• Everycontributionshouldbeaccompaniedbyadeclarationthatthearticleisoriginal and has not been published nor submitted elsewhere for publication

• Allmanuscriptsshouldbeinelectronicformandsentto:

ExecutiveEditor,Samyoga,T.JohnGroupofInstitutions88/1,GottigerePost,BannerghattaRoad,Bangalore-560083Tel:918040250555,E-mail:[email protected]

218

Subscription Form

PleasefillinthecouponwithCAPITALLETTERSandmailitwithyourCheque/DD to: Campus Director, T. John Group of Institutions, No. 88/1, Gottegere, Bannerghatta Road, Bangalore 560083. Ph : +91 80 40250555 or emailusat:[email protected]

Subscription Details: Annual Subscription: Rs 150/*- (1 Issue)

Yes Iwant to subscribe to Samyoga, theAnnual Journal of

T. John Group

Name……………………………………………………………..............

Address……………………………………..........................................

City………………………..........…Pin…………………………...........

Tel……………………….............Mobile……………………........…

Email…………..........................................……………

IamenclosingCheque/DDNo………………..........….……Drawnon

(bank)…………………….... Dated……………...................…favoring

T. John College payable at Bangalore.

Name…………………………......... Signature………………

Please Note: Kindly allow us 4-6 weeks for processing of your subscription. Please write your name and address on the back of the Cheque/DD.(*Inclusive of delivery charges)

Samyoga - T John College

Documents

Transcript of Samyoga - T John College